(logo)
(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Open Source Books | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections

Search: Advanced Search

Anonymous User (login or join us)Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Archaeology of the Old Testament: was the Old Testament written in Hebrew?"

,*.*.*,'-f.'.»iT.-. 



t 




THE LIBRARY 

OF 

THE UNIVERSITY 

OF CALIFORNIA 

LOS ANGELES 



Xibrar^ of Tbis tortc ZhcoloQ ^ 

EDITED BY THE REV. WM. C. PIERCY, M.A. 

DEAN AND CHAPLAIN OF WHITELANDS COLLEGE 



ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

WAS THE OLD TESTAMENT WRITTEN 

IN HEBREW? 

EDOUARD NAVILLE, D.C.L., LL.D., F.S.A. 



LIBRARY OF HISTORIC THEOLOGY 

Edited bv the Rev. Wm. C. PIERCY. M.A. 
Eiuh V'olumf, Demy &vo. Cloth, Red Burnished Top, 5s, net, 
VOLUA\ES NOW READY. 
THE PRESENT RELATION'S OF SCIENCE AND RELIGION. 

By the Rev. Professor T. G. Bonney, D.Sc, 
ARCH.\EOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

By Professor Edodard Na%'ille, D.CL. 
M.\RRIAGE I.N" CHURCH AND STATE. 

By the Rev. T. A. Lacey, M.A. (Warden of the Loadon Diocesan Penitentiary). 
THE BUILDING UP OF THE OLD TESTA.MENT. 

By the Rev. Canon R. B. Girdlesiome, M..\. 
CHRISTL\NITY AND OTHER F.\ITHS. An Essay in Comparativo Religion. 

By the Rev. W. St. Clair Tisdall, D.D, 
THE CHURCHES IN BRITAIN. Vols. I. and //, 

By the Rev. Ai.pred Pldmmer, D.D. (formerly Master of University College, Durham). 

CIL-VRACTER AND RELIGION. 

By the Rev. the Hos. Edward Lyttelton, M.A. (Head Master of Eton College), 
MISSIONARY .METHODS, ST. PAUL'S OR OURS ? 

By the Rev. Roland Allen, M.A, (.Author of " Missionary Principles "). 
THE RULE OF FAITH AND HOPE. 

By the Rev. R. L. Ottley, D.D. (Canon of Christ Church, and Regius Professor 
of Pastoral Theology in the University of Oxford), 
THE RULE OF LIFE AND LOVE. 

By the Rev. R. L. Ottley, D.D. 
THE CREEDS : THEIR HISTORY, NATURE AND USE. 

By the Rev. Harold Smith, M.A. (Lecturer at the London College of Divinity), 
THE CHRISTOLOGY OF ST. PAUL (Hulsean Prize Essay). 

By the Rev. S. Nowell Rostron, M.A, (Late Principal of St, John's Hall, Durham). 
MYSTICISM IN CHRISTIANITY. 

By the Rev. W. K. Fleming, \LA., B.D. 
RELIGION IN AN AGE OF DOUBT. 

By the Rev. C. J. Shebbeare, M.A. 

The following works are in Preparation : — 

RELIGIOUS EDUCATION I ITS 
PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE. 

By the Rev. Prebendary B. Reynolds 



THE CATHOLIC CO.NCEPTION OF 
THE CHURCH. 

By the Rev. VV. J. Sparrow Siupsoh, D.D. 

COMMON OBJECTIONS 
TO CHRISTIANITY. 

By the Rev. C L. Drawbridge, M.A. 

THE CHURCH OUTSIDE THE EMPIRE. 

By the Rev. C R. Davey Biggs, D.D. 

THE NATURE OF FAITH AND THE 
CONDITIONS OF ITS PROSPERITY. 

By the Rev. P. N. Wacgett, M.A. 
THE ETHICS OF TEMPTATION. 

By the Ven. E. E. Holmes, M.A. 



AUTHORITY AND FREETHOUGHT 
IN THE MIDDLE AGES. 

By the Rev. F. W, Bossell, D.D. 
EARLY CHRISTI.AN LITERATURE. 

By the Rev. Wm. C Piercy, M.A. 
GOD AND MAN, ONE CHRIST. 

By the Rev. Charles E. Ravbh, M A, 

GREEK THOUGHT AND 
CHRISTLAN DOCTRINE. 

By the Rev. J. K. MozttEY, M.A. 

THE GREAT SCHISM BETWEEN 
THE EAST AND WEST. 

By the Rev. F. J. Foakes- Jackson, D.D. 

THE PEOPLE OF ISRAEL IN 
OLD TESTA.MENT HISTORY. 
By the Rev. A. Troelstra, D.D. 



Full particulars of this Library may be obtained from the Publisher. 
LONDON: ROBERT SGOTT. 



ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE 
OLD TESTAMENT 

WAS THE OLD TESTAMENT 
WRITTEN IN HEBREW? 



BY 

EDOUARD NAVILLE 
D.C.L., LL.D., F.S.A 

FOREIGN ASSOCIATE OF THE INSTITUTE OF FRANCE, PROFESSOR 
OF EGYPTOLOGY AT " ^ UNIVERSITY OF GENEVA 



LONDON: ROBERT SCOTT 

ROXBURGHE HOUSE 
PATERNOSTER ROW. E.G. 

M CMXI I I 







a^ 



EDITOR'S GENERAL PREFACE 

IN no branch of human knowledge has there been a more 
lively increase of the spirit of research during the past few 
years than in the study of Theology. 

Many points of doctrine have been passing afresh through 
the crucible ; " re-statement " is a popular cry and. in some 
■directions, a real requirement of the age; the additions to 
our actual materials, both as regards ancient manuscripts and 
archaeological discoveries, have never before been so great as 
in recent years ; Unguistic knowledge has advanced with the 
fuller possibihries provided by the constant addition of more 
data for comparative study; cuneiform inscriptions have been 
deciphered, and forgotten peoples, records, and even tongues, 
revealed anew as the outcome of diUgent, skilful and devoted 
study. 

Scholars have speciaUzed to so great an extent that many con- 
clusions are less speculative than they were, while many more 
aids are thus available for arriving at a general judgment ; and, 
in some directions at least, the time for drawing such general 
conclusions, and so making practical use of such speciaUzed 
research, seems to have come, or to be close at hand. 

Many people, therefore, including the large mass of the parochial 
clergy and students, desire to have in an accessible form a review 
of the results of this flood of new Ught on many topics that are of 
hving and xdtal interest to the Faith ; and, at the same time, 
" practical " questions— by which is really denoted merely the 
apphcation of faith to life and to the needs of the day— have 
certainly lost none of their interest, but rather loom larger than 
ever if the Church is adequately to fulfil her Mission. 

It thus seems an appropriate time for the issue of a new series 
of theological works, wloich shall aim at presenting a general 
survey of the present position of thought and knowledge in 
various branches of the wide field which is included in the stiidy 
of divinity. 

V 



2071757 



vi EDITOR'S GENERAL PREFACE 

The Library of Historic Theology is designed to supply such 
a series, written by men of known reputation as thinkers and 
scholars, teachers and divines, who are, one and all, firm upholders 
of the Faith. 

It will not deal merely with doctrinal subjects, though pro- 
minence will be given to these ; but great importance wiU be 
attached also to history — the sure foundation of all progressive 
knowledge — and even the more strictly doctrinal subjects wiU 
be largely dealt with from this point of view, a point of view the 
value of which in regard to the " practical " subjects is too 
obvious to need emphasis. 

It would be clearly outside the scope of this series to deal with 
individual books of the Bible or of later Christian writings, \vith 
the lives of individuals, or with merely minor (and often highly 
controversial) points of Church governance, except in so far as 
these come into the general review of the situation. This de- 
tailed study, invaluable as it is, is already abundant in many 
series of commentaries, texts, biographies, dictionaries and mono- 
graphs, and would overload far too heavily such a series as the 
present. 

The Editor desires it to be distinctly understood that the 
various contributors to the series have no responsibihty whatso- 
ever for the conclusions or particular views expressed in any 
volumes other than their own, and that he himself has not felt 
that it comes within the scope of an editor's work, in a series of 
this kind, to interfere with the personal views of the writers. He 
must, therefore, leave to them their full responsibihty for their 
own conclusions. 

Shades of opinion and differences of judgment must exist, if 
thought is not to be at a standstill — petrified into an unpro- 
ductive fossil ; but while neither the Editor nor all their readers 
can be expected to agree with every point of view in the details 
of the discussions in all these volumes, he is convinced that the 
great principles which lie behind every volume are such as must 
conduce to the strengthening of the Faith and to the glory of 
God. 

That this may be so is the one desire of Editor and contributors 
alike. 

W. C. P. 

London. 



AUTHOR'S PREFACE 

THE title of this book: Archaeology of the Old Testa- 
ment, does not agree exactly at first sight with 
its contents, which turn entirely on the question of lan- 
guage, and in which I have attempted to show that the 
books of the Old Testament, as we know them, in their 
present Hebrew form, are not in the original language 
written by their authors. 

This question, which seems purely literary, is, however, 
archaeological in its origin. It has been raised by excava- 
tions in Egypt. It arose when first the fellaheen unearthed 
the Tel-el-Amarna tablets, and afterwards when the 
pick and spade of scientific explorers brought to light 
the Aramaic papyri of Elephantine. 

When the bearing of these two thoroughly unexpected 
finds is considered on all sides and when the circumstances 
in which these documents originated, the political, social 
and religious conditions which they presuppose are 
studied without any bias, one cannot help being led to 
question the assumption which has been long undisputed 
and held as unassailable, that these books of the Old 
Testament are in the language used by their authors 
when they wrote them down, and that they went through 
one change only, that of the script. For square Hebrew 
does not go further back than the time of the Christian 
era, when it took the place of the old Hebrew or Canaanite 
alphabet. Such is the foundation on which rest all the 

vii 



viii AUTHOR'S PREFACE 

present systems which profess to explain the composition 
of the Old Testament, especially the constructions of 
the critics, their minute anal^-sis of the text, and the 
conclusions they have derived from that analysis. 

In regard to this, I put forward the following facts 
which can hardly be disputed. Before Moses, and after 
his time, Babylonian cuneiform was used in Palestine for 
official documents, contracts, and anything connected 
with law. The popular form of Babylonian and Assyrian 
cuneiform, their book form, was Aramaic as we know from 
the so-called bilingual tablets, and from the Aramaic 
version or papyrus of the inscription of Behistun. The 
Jews settled in Egypt wrote and spoke Aramaic, which 
was not the language of the country. The script peculiar 
to the Hebrew or Jewish language, the square Hebrew, is 
derived not from the Canaanite, but from the Aramaic 
alphabet. 

These facts, the historical value of which may be 
recognized without being a Semitic scholar, do not seem 
to have been grasped by the critics in their fullness. 
Philological criticism is here out of place. History is the 
point of view from which these discoveries have to be 
studied ; and looking at them in that light, I have been 
drawn to conclusions very different from the theories 
now in vogue. Some of these conclusions have only 
dawned upon my mind by degrees, from a careful study 
of the Aramaic papyri. 

During the last ten years the historical methods have 
gone through a period of change. Anthropology and 
biology claim to be heard. For an explanation of the 
past, we now look, more than was done before, at the 
present condition of mankind. This principle I have 
endeavoured to foUow, and the reader will find that 
in several cases I have taken examples from the 



AUTHOR'S PREFACE ix 

present day which seemed to strengthen the argument. 

Our notion of language is also different from that of 
the old linguistic school. Language is no more pre- 
eminently a written text. It is the speech of living 
men, which may vary according to time and locahties. 
Social circumstances may have induced men to invent 
an alphabet, to adopt a written language. But this 
progress towards unity is more or less conventional ; it 
is not limited by political boundaries. It may extend 
in religious, literary or legal matters over countries where 
the people speak different dialects. A written language 
has not of necessity a script of its own which distinguishes 
it from neighbouring idioms. It may adopt one in 
common with other languages. Cuneiform is one of 
the most striking examples of an alphabet used for 
different tongues. 

Historical facts viewed in the light of new methods 
are the foundation of my theory, which in certain respects 
will be considered as more radical and revolutionary 
even than Reuss* critical system when it first appeared. 
Relying on that evidence, I can, using the expressions of 
one of the most conservative critics, the late Dr. Briggs, 
" have the face " to challenge " the Old Testament 
scholars of the world." On the other hand the readers 
will recognize that the new line I have taken has brought 
me back to the old traditional view about the authorship 
of several books of Scripture. I hope that such chapters 
as that on Egypt will show that it is not through any 
" dogmatic environment " but from a sincere con\dction 
based on facts, that I joined the " contemptible minority " 
which still believes in the Mosaic authorship of the 
Pentateuch and that I have ranked myself among the 
so-called " anti-critics " in spite of the distinguished 
divine's prophecy, " The signs of the times indicate that 



X AUTHOR'S PREFACE 

in a few years they will disappear as completely as the 
slave-holders." 

This book consists of two parts, each of them dealing 
chiefly with the results of one of the two great discoveries. 
Since it is intended for the public, and not for scholars 
only, I have not gone into long discussions. Philological 
questions being left aside, by the nature of the argument, 
it was not necessary to mention the names of the critics, 
except occasionally. For instance, in the chapter on 
Genesis I quote Kautzsch and Socin, not because their 
views are not held by others, but because on their analysis 
of that work rests the coloured or " rainbow " Genesis 
which is well kno\vn. The quotations of the BibHcal 
text are always from the Revised Version, the translation 
generally used by scholars. 

I cannot close without expressing to the Rev. Wm. C. 
Piercy my deep thankfulness for the invaluable help he 
gave me in improving my English style. Still, I must beg 
the British and American readers who will do me the 
honour to peruse these pages, to be indulgent as regards 
the form, and not to mind here and there expressions 
which may sound too much hke French, the native 
language of the present writer. 

Whatever may be the judgment of the critics, I shall 
feel myself very fortunate if my conclusion that the words 
of the Old Testament, like those of our Lord, have come to 
us in a form which is not their original garb, and that the 
oldest of them are the work of the author whose name they 
bear, may attract the attention of those who have a 
sincere reverence for the Holy Writ, and may induce 
them to look more closely into systems which are now 
generally presented by their authors and supporters as 
being above discussion. 

EDOUARD NAVILLE. 



CONTENTS 

PART I 

THE BOOKS OF THE OLD TESTAMENT BEFORE 

SOLOMON 

PAGE 

CHAPTER I 

THE LANGUAGE 3 

Babylonian Cuneiform. ..... 3 

The old Hebrew Alphabet ..... 25 

CHAPTER II 

GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT . 30 

The First Four Tablets ..... 30 

The Garden of Eden and the Land of Egypt . 36 

Ham and Canaan ....... 43 

Abraham ........ 51 

Abraham, Isaac and Abimelech .... 57 

CHAPTER III 

EGYPT 66 

The " Days " of Creation 66 

Joseph ......... 70 

zi 



xu 



CONTENTS 



CHAPTER IV 
THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 
The Exodus . 
The Tabernacle . 
Deuteronomy 
The Archives 



PAGE 

89 
89 

115 

127 

130 



PART II 

THE LATER BOOKS. 

CHAPTER V 

THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE . . .139 

The Colony at Elephantine . . . .139 

The Temple ........ 145 

The Language , . . . . . .163 

CHAPTER VI 

ARAMAIC 175 

Ezra . . . . . . . . • 175 

The Prophets . . . . . . . 1S9 

CHAPTER VII 
THE PRESENT FORM OF THE OLD TESTAMENT . 19G 

CONCLUSIONS 202 



PART I 

The Books of the Old Testament before 

Solomon 






I 



ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE 
OLD TESTAMENT 

Was the Old Testament written in Hebrew ? 

CHAPTER I 
THE LANGUAGE 

Babylonian Cuneiform 

IN what language were the earliest books of the Old 
Testament originally WTitten ? I mean the Penta- 
teuch, and the books prior to Solomon's time. This 
question will certainly startle a great number of my 
readers. Up to the present, it has always been admitted, 
and considered as above discussion, that they had been 
written in Hebrew, and that the texts which we have 
were original, and not translations, not even adaptations 
from another idiom. 

Still, various circumstances might have brought doubt 
to the minds of those who have made a closer study of 
these texts, especially to the higher critics who rely nearly 
exclusively on philological arguments. 

It is an absolutely certain fact that these books have 
not been written in the square Hebrew of our Bible. 
This script, which is a modified form not of the old Hebrew 
or Phoenician alphabet, but of the Aramaic, did not 
assume the appearance under which we know it, before 
the time of the Christian era. Even then it was written 
without vowels. The vowel points added to it by the 

3 



4 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

Massora do not go further back than the fifth century, 
and the s\'stem was not completed till about the eleventh. 

We learn from Joscphus that the manuscripts brought 
to Ptolemy Philadelphus were written in characters 
very like the Syrian, or as we should say the Aramaic, and 
the rabbis tell us that Ezra brought from Babylon the 
Assyrian writing, ashurit, which was not the square 
Hebrew, but the Aramaic, such as we know it from the 
papyri found at Elephantine. 

But before the Aramaic, the alphabet commonly in use 
must have been the Canaanite or Phoenician, known to us 
b}' the inscriptions coming from Phoenicia proper and 
Carthage, and outside of these regions by a small number 
of engraved texts, the most important of which are the 
stele of Mesha, the king of Moab, and the inscription of 
Siloah of the time of Hezekiah, and also by the newly 
discovered ostraca from Samaria. 

Was this alphabet ever used for books ? Have the 
earliest documents of the Old Testament been written 
with those characters ? This very grave question has 
been raised quite lately, and discoveries such as the 
tablets of Tel-el-Amarna compel us to face it and to take 
it into serious consideration. Looking at it in the light 
of the different finds of the last thirty years, we cannot 
but arrive at the conclusion that the oldest documents of 
Hebrew literature have been written neither in the Hebrew- 
language, nor with the Hebrew script, but in the idiom 
and with the characters of the tablets of Tel-el-Amarna, 
namely Babylonian cuneiform. 

In studying the beginnings of a Htcrature hke that 
of the Hebrews, we must bear in mind an important fact 
too often overlooked, and which we may observe every- 
where in our time in spite of our schools. There is a 
considerable difierence between the speech of the people 



THE LANGUAGE 5 

and their written language. When we consider nations 
of the remote past, owing to our own education we can- 
not sufficiently divest ourselves of the idea that there is 
an abstract thing called " the tongue " which is subject 
to strict rules set down by scholars. Every man is 
imbued with these rules from his childhood, and their 
domain is limited by definite geographical boundaries. 
This view, which still prevails largely in philology, is 
purely theoretical and is opposed to the facts observed 
by anthropology. 

Spoken language existed long before it was put down 
in writing. In many parts of the world, there are still 
primitive tribes or nations for whom language is only 
speech, and who know no writing. They do not feel 
the want of it. In their commercial intercourse, when 
they barter or exchange, they do not employ any written 
document. In any transaction which is binding for the 
future, they would call for witnesses ; and their laws are 
mere customs transmitted from father to son, without 
much change, and these sometimes persist through ages. 
Writing, or rather written language, is a convention, the 
result of social progress, and it supposes a more advanced 
degree of civilization. But written language does not 
supersede the original speech, it does not mean its abolition, 
not even its change, except in highly civilized modern 
nations with compulsory education. Both may have a 
parallel existence and their own special domain. 

Especially if we consider the religious books, the 
difference is particularly striking. Take for instance the 
Bible ; even in Protestant countries where it has been 
translated into the native tongue, the people do not use 
the language of the Bible. The labourer in the field does 
not speak as does his clergyman in the pulpit, and a certain 
respect for Holy Writ may even prevent him from using 



6 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

sentences or words taken from its contents. Supposing 
we wished to ascertain the language of a peasant from 
one of the rural counties, we should not turn for that to 
the Authorized Version. The reverse is equally true. 

This difference exists not only for religious books, but 
also for laws which are transmitted in the same form 
and in the same words during many generations ; and 
generally speaking for all legal documents, as well as for 
records of what has taken place in the past. They are 
composed in a language more or less conventional, 
although here and there, in ofhcial \vritings, in contracts 
or anything connected with law, local expressions may 
appear borrowed from what is spoken by the people. 
It would be easy to quote many instances of these facts, 
taken from languages of the present day, though schools 
and education greatly contribute to unify the language 
of a country and to wipe away the variety of dialects 
such as that existing even in a small land like Switzer- 
land. The origin of these dialects certainly goes back 
earlier than the first attempts at literary language. 

But let us revert to the old Hebrews, to the contem- 
poraries of Abraham, to Moses or to the early prophets 
like Samuel. There is absolutely no proof that in that 
remote time there existed already a written literature ; 
I mean a written Hebrew such as that which we find in 
the Bible. 

That does not mean that there was no literature of the 
people, no unwritten compositions such as we find in 
nearly all nations. Take the primitive men who do not 
know what writing is, or those who practically have no 
writing, the illiterate populations of some remote parts 
of Europe, the peasants of the Middle Ages, or the people 
who till recently hved chiefly on war and brigandage ; 
they have their literature, their songs, their myths and 



THE LANGUAGE 7 

often very fine poetry. The authors of these songs or of 
these poems are often unknown ; they were not men 
trained in the schools. They have not composed their 
songs pen in hand in a language approved by literary 
authorities and called by them classical. Their poetry 
has been dictated to them by the inspiration of the hour, 
and it has been transmitted orally from generation to 
generation perhaps long before it was put down in writing, 
or before some lover of folklore gathered it for fear it 
might be forgotten. We might quote a great number of 
national songs the origin of which is not known ; they 
nearly always are in the common and usual language of 
the people, and they are quite independent of the written 
literature which may exist at the same time and among 
the same people. 

This unwritten literature may increase and progress 
even where there is a considerable written literature 
which rules in its own field. A striking instance may be 
quoted from the history of the city of Geneva. In the 
night of the 12th of December, 1602, the city was miracu- 
lously saved from a treacherous attack by the Duke of 
Savoy. This event is called in the popular language 
" V Escalade." The following morning the population 
flocked to the cathedral and sang Psalm cxxiv. But 
this was not the popular Te Deum. There arose a long 
hymn, from beginning to end in the popular dialect. 
The first words would be translated': "He Who is above." 
As the original does not belong to the written language, 
there is no orthography for these words and they may 
be spelt in various ways. The learned who follow the 
rules of historic grammar will write : ce que I' en Haul ; 
but this is not the usual spelling, which is either ce qu'e 
I'aino, or ce que laino. In a popular song like this, people 
do not apply the rules of the schoolmaster, they write 



8 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

what they hear and what the}- speak ; for them words are 
sounds, and they are guided by the ear. 

This hymn arose in a city where a few years before 
Calvin had pubhshed his works, which are considered 
as the standard prose of the time, where he had preached 
his sermons, where his successor, Theodore Beza, was 
still teaching, and where there was a considerable litera- 
ture in the French of the time. This was understood by 
the people, but it was very different from the ever3'-day 
speech, and from the popular h3'mn. It was their re- 
ligipus language'and also the official one, used for purposes 
of law and in the councils of the government. Let us 
suppose the case of a philologist two thousand 3'ears 
hence, arguing that the written language of Geneva 
cannot be the same French as that which was used in 
France, but that there must be a specially Genevese 
written literature in the Genevese language which becam.e 
literary when the hymn of 1602 was written. This 
learned man would reason in a way very similar to that 
of some Hebrew scholars who consider it to be certain 
that there existed in early times a Hebrew written 
literature, and who rely for their conclusion upon the 
following fact. 

I shall quote only one of the most eminent Hebrew 
scholars. Professor Kocnig tells us that a literary Hebrew 
language must have existed at least at the time when 
the song of Deborah originated, which according to the 
judgment of the most acute critics goes back as far as the 
time of the Judges. In my opinion the song of Deborah 
does not prove anything as to the existence of a written 
Hebrew language. Deborah is a prophetess, she is one 
of those heroines, of whom we know several in history, 
who arise in critical times. Her nation is crushed down 
by Jabin the king of the Canaanites. She calls on 



THE LANGUAGE Q 

Barak and commands him to gather the Israehtes and to 
march against the oppressor. Barak refuses to do so, 
unless Deborah goes with him. They smite the enemy, 
and when Barak pursues him, Jael shows him Sisera 
whom she has slain. 

Hearing of this great deliverance, Deborah does not sit 
down to write a poem (Judges v.). She breaks forth into 
a paean of praise and joy. She sings : " Awake, awake, 
Deborah, utter a song." She is carried away by her 
feelings, and such a mighty exultation can only be ex- 
pressed in language spontaneous and familiar to her, such 
as she, as well as the triumphant Israelites, speak every 
day. She does not consult the books which may exist 
at the time, she does not shape her sentences in accordance 
with the words of the law, of which she was probably 
absolutely ignorant ; she sings. Her hymn may after- 
wards have become a national song, a song of victory 
which one generation transmitted to the following, until 
it was written down by the author who compiled the book 
of Judges ; but certainly it is quite independent of anj- 
written literature, and it does not give the slightest 
indication as to the existence of books written in the 
same language. Unless it has been modified in later 
time, it shows what the Israelites spoke in her time, 
but nothing more. We might be tempted to consider 
Deborah's song as a piece of a WTitten literature, if the 
discoveries of the last twenty years had not revealed to 
us the great use made in Palestine of Babylonian cunei- 
form. 

It certainly was an archaeological event of first impor- 
tance when the fellaheen of Tel-el-Amarna in Middle 
Egypt came upon the hoard of cuneiform tablets, an impor- 
tant and valuable part of the archives of Amenophis IV. 
It is hardly necessary to describe anew this correspondence. 



10 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

It first revealed the absolutely unknown and startling 
fact that Babylonian Cuneiform was the usual written 
language in Palestine at the time of the Eighteenth 
Dynasty. It is quite natural, and what might have been 
anticipated, that kings of Mesopotamia like Burnaburiash 
should use that language and writing, which evidently 
were their own. But it was all the more surprising and 
unexpected from governors of the Palestinian cities who 
had to write to their sovereign and report to him what 
was going on in the region they governed. Why did 
Abd-hiba of Jerusalem, Abi-milki of Tyre and all the 
prefects of Zidon, Megiddo, Ashkelon, Gaza, write in Baby- 
lonian unless it was their own written language. For 
the king of Egypt did not understand it ; he was obhged 
to resort to the help of a targumajiu, a dragoman. Letters 
of that kind must be in the language either of the ruler or 
of the subject. Since it was not that of the Pharaoh, it 
could only be that of the Canaanite governors. 

The scholars who have studied that correspondence are 
unanimous in saying that it is Babylonian or Assyrian 
with a clear Canaanite trace. One of them who has 
made a special study of those texts with that point of 
view. Dr. Boehl, says that the Assyrian of these letters 
is only a thin veil which hides the native language of the 
writers. This fact seems to me the best proof that these 
letters show the written language of the country. They 
are permeated with words and forms belonging to the 
spoken language. This might have been expected. Take 
a language like French, which extends over various 
countries and over a wide area. Two letters, written one 
at Bordeaux and the other at Brussels, will not be in a 
language exactly similar. Especially if the writers are 
not very cultivated, their letters will deviate from the 
typical and conventional prose which is called French and 



THE LANGUAGE ii 

contain local words, perhaps also local forms. Two 
legal documents will perhaps differ still more, since they will 
be obliged to make a greater use of words to which the 
people are accustomed. It seems to have been exactly 
the same with Assyrian or Babylonian. A writer in 
Babylon would not forget his own dialect, nor would the 
governor of Ashkelon. The script is the same for both, 
and so is the language in its general appearance ; neverthe- 
less it bears traces of what is spoken in the native country 
of each of them. 

The correspondence of Tel-el-Amarna, which is later 
than the first settlement of the Hebrews in Canaan but 
older than the conquest of Canaan, is not all that we have 
of cuneiform documents from Palestine. A rich harvest 
of tablets was gathered at Boghaz Keui, the capital of 
the Hittites. In that place was discovered the cuneiform 
copy of the treaty between Rameses II and the king of 
the Hittites, Hattusil. From Palestine itself originated a 
series of letters and edicts written both in Assyrian and 
Hittite concerning the Amurru, the Amorites, a Palestinian 
nation. 

In Palestine, at Gezer, two contracts have been dis- 
covered. According to Professor Macalister more might 
have been found had the excavations on that spot not 
been stopped by a native cemetery. These contracts are 
about the sale of property. They are legal documents 
having a local origin, and in language which must have 
been the legal language of the city. They are in cunei- 
form Assyrian ; one very fragmentary letter is said to 
be in cuneiform Babylonian. These contracts are of 
the years 650 and 647 B.C., showing that even at that late 
time cuneiform writing was still in use. 

At Taanach also eight tablets or fragments have been 
discovered. I cannot do better than quote the words of 



12 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

the excavator, Dr. Sellin. After having said that from 
1500 to 1350 Babylonian writing was the only one used 
at the courts of the princes of Palestine, the learned author 
adds : " Even supposing that this writing was used only 
by the rulers and their officials, and that the people could 
not read or WTite, this fact is certain : in the already exten- 
sive excavations carried on in Palestine, no document was 
I ever found except in Babylonian writing. As for the 
Phoenician old Hebrew writing ... it cannot be asserted 
with certainty that it existed before the ninth century." ^ 

Thus, from the time preceding the conquest of Canaan 
down to the seventh century, we find in Palestine cunei- 
form documents in the Assyrian or Babylonian language, 
which was the literary language as well as that of laws 
and religion, differing up to a certain point from the 
speech, or idiom, of the people, as we see that literary 
language does at the present day even in the most civilized 
countries. 

It is not necessary to go back to the origin of cuneiform 
writing, which succeeded a linear script and which took 
its well-known appearance when the writer saw that he 
could write much more quickly by pressing his stylus 
into soft clay. Cuneiform may be called the cursive 
writing of an old linear script. It entirely superseded 
the linear since it was copied even on the sculptures of 
the palaces. Cuneiform writing can be imitated by 
engraving on stone or metal ; but it cannot be written 
on anything but wet clay. It cannot be pressed into 
hard material such as a potsherd, nor can it be written on 
soft or thin stuff such as papyrus, or even 'skin. 

In Mesopotamia where clay was abundant, all kinds 
of documents could be written on tablets. Not so in 
Palestine, a mountainous and dry country. Clay tablets 
^ Tell Taannek Nachlese, p. 35. 



THE LANGUAGE 13 

were used there for documents of importance which had 
to be preserved, like the deeds of property found at 
Gezer, letters which had to travel a long way, edicts and 
treaties of the Amorites ; but for common use, in a country 
where clay was not always at hand, it was necessary to 
have also another method of writing. For a short note or 
memorandum, for inscribing the number of jars of oil or 
wine, what corresponded to the scrap of paper which we 
use in such cases was a potsherd. On potsherd it was not 
possible to impress cuneiform characters with a stylus ; 
one could only make a coarse engraving or write with 
pen and ink. Therefore it was necessary to have an 
alphabet, different from cuneiform, which could be written 
and not pressed. The Canaanite, or so-called Phoenician, 
alphabet must have been at first a potsherd writing. If 
we look at the most ancient specimens, the ostraca found 
by Mr. Reisner at Samaria, we see that they are notes 
regarding what may have been the royal cellar, or its 
contents in wine and oil. The same excavation has 
produced also a cuneiform fragment which has not yet 
been deciphered, but which shows the presence of the two 
writings at the same time. 

The Canaanite writing cannot be traced in Palestine 
before the time of Solomon, that is not until there were 
close relations with the Phoenicians. Whether the Phoe- 
nicians were the inventors of that alphabet or whether it 
is to be attributed to others is a question which is now 
very much discussed. No doubt they must have made 
great use of it in their trade, and must have contributed 
to diffuse it among their neighbours as far as the Greeks. 
But at the time of the Tel-el- Amarna correspondence the 
governors of Tyre and Zidon also wrote in cuneiform. 

Let us now revert to what we read in Genesis : Abram 
went forth from Ur of the Chaldees, came first unto 



14 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

Haran, and from there to the land of Canaan. We know 
the written language of Ur, the present Mukayyar. 
At first it was Sumerian, and after the Semitic conquest 
it was the Bab\'lonian, which, later, was called Assyrian. 
The script was that of the Sumerians taken over by the 
Semites, the engraved linear being very soon entirely 
superseded by the pressed cuneiform. It is hardly to be 
supposed that Abram,^ if he could write while he was in 
Mesopotamia, did not use Babylonian cuneiform. 

As for the language which he spoke, we do not know 
exactly what it was. It certainly belonged to the Semitic 
family, but it probably differed from the book-language, 
from the style and forms of edicts, laws, or even rehgious 
texts, as is the case, even now, with the colloquial and 
popular idiom. Semitic scholars tell us that it must 
have been very like that which was spoken in Canaan. 
" Whether Abraham adopted the language of the Canaan- 
ites, or brought the Hebrew with him from the East, is 
unimportant, for the ancient Assyrian and Babylonian are 
nearer the Hebrew and Phoenician than they are to the 
other Semitic languages. If these languages, as now 
presented to us, differ less than the Roman languages, the 
daughters of the Latin, in their earlier stages, in the time of 
Abraham, their differences could scarcely have been more 
than dialectic." We thoroughly agree with Dr. Briggs' 
view. Between Abraham's idiom and that of Mamre, the 
Amorite, or Abimelech, the king of Gcrar, there was only a 
difference of dialects ; therefore they understood each 
other easily. 

Dialects are generally unwritten languages. Here 
again I may be allowed to take an example from modern 
times, namely, from the German language. German-speak- 

1 In the use of Abram or Abraham, I follow exactly the differing 
use of the Bible (R.V.) for the different periods of his life. 



THE LANGUAGE 15 

ing nations extend over a vast area in Europe. But what 
is called German, the literary, conventional language, the 
origin of which may be traced to Luther's translation of 
the Bible, covers a considerable number of dialects which 
are not written, which go back to a high antiquity and 
which are still in use in the present day. I need not go 
very far. In the parts of Switzerland where German 
is spoken, each canton has its own dialect. What is 
heard at Berne sounds very differently from what is heard 
at Zurich. Nevertheless two men from these cantons 
who are in conversation will understand each other without 
the slightest difificulty ; they will both read the same Bible, 
which is not in the idiom which they speak ; when they 
write they will also both use the same forms, the same 
words, and the same spelling. Here the distinction 
between written and spoken language is as clearly marked 
as possible. 

The circumstances must have been analogous in 
Canaan. The excavations have shown that between 
2500 and 2000 B.C. a Semitic invasion conquered the 
old Canaanite population, and covered the greatest part 
of the country. The invaders evidently brought not 
only the idiom they spoke, but also their written lan- 
guage, which was Babylonian cuneiform. The tablets of 
Tel-el-Amarna and those of Taanach are indisputable 
proofs that, at the time of the Eighteenth Dynasty, 
Babylonian cuneiform was the written language of the 
country. At a later date the finds of Boghaz Keui, 
the correspondence of the Amorites, show that there had 
been no change in that respect. Even in the seventh 
century, at Gezer, cuneiform was still in use for certain 
documents, although by that time the Canaanite alphabet 
had been adopted. The old tradition had remained in 
force. 



i6 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

Now let us think of the Israehtes in Egypt. They 
evidently took with them the language of Canaan, a 
tongue foreign to the Egyptians, one which they did not 
know. We read that Joseph's brethren, "knew not that 
Joseph understood them, for there was an interpreter 
between them." During the time of the captivity, 
living by themselves, apart from the Egyptians, they 
kept their language, as did, later, the Jewish colonists 
who settled in the country, like those of Elephantine. 
If the}' had any writing, we have no proof whatever that 
they had the Canaanite alphabet, which, if it existed, 
was not used in Canaan, since the Egyptian captivity 
is the time of the Tel-el-Amarna correspondence. Besides, 
it is not probable that there were many of them who 
could write. The Israelites were nomads, shepherds who 
had preserved in Egypt their former way of living, and 
for whom the persecution consisted in a forced change 
of their habits. Instead of living the easy life of shep- 
herds, they were compelled to be masons under hard 
taskmasters. In the life of cattle drivers there are not 
many occasions for writing ; there is hardly any necessity 
for it. Therefore we must consider that among them, 
those who could write were only a few exceptional persons. 

The only one of them who is known as having had 
what we might call a literary education is Moses, who 
was brought up like the son of Pharaoh's daughter, 
which means, as Stephen says in his speech, " that he was 
instructed in all the wisdom of the Egyptians." With- 
out giving a historical value to the legends which Josephus 
relates about the youth of Moses, we can admit what is 
shown by the narrative of Exodus, that he kept up some 
intercourse with his countrymen, and perhaps that he 
was used as an intermediate agent between the Egyptians 
and their Hebrew subjects. Moses could wTite ; this is 



THE LANGUAGE i; 

constantly mentioned in the history of his hfc. But, 
certainly, the Semitic writing which he learnt at Phar- 
aoh's court was not the Canaanite, and could only be 
Babylonian cuneiform. Among the discovered tablets 
there arc answers from the Egyptian king. He must 
have had at his court men who could write the same lan- 
guage as that of the letters he received. The reports 
sent to him by the governors of the Palestinian cities 
were not in Egyptian, they were in the language of those 
officials ; and Pharaoh would not have been understood 
if he had answered in Egyptian hieratic. It was necessary 
that he should have men who could write the language 
of Abd-hiba of Jerusalem, or Gitia of Ashkelon, dragomen 
like those of the embassies of the present day. If Moses 
was taught a Semitic writing, which seems natural 
considering his origin and position, it is obvious that he 
learnt Babylonian cuneiform, a writing which allowed 
him to have intercourse with the Semitic world of his time. 

The first writing of Moses mentioned is the Decalogue, 
the two tables of the law. The late eminent Semitic 
scholar, M. Philippe Berger, had already come to the 
conclusion that the tables of the law were written in 
cuneiform, this being thus the sacred writing mentioned 
in Exodus xxxii. i6 : "and the tables were the work of 
God, and the writing was the writing of God, graven 
upon the tables." When Moses had hewn "two tables 
of stone hke unto the lirst, he wrote upon the tables 
the words of the covenant, the Ten Commandments." 
(Exod. xxxiv. 28). Therefore Moses knew what is called 
God's writing. 

If we turn to Egypt, we see that hieroglyphical script 
is also called the writing of the god himself. The Rosetta 
stone teaches us that hierogl3'phs were called " the writing 
of divine words," and when we read of " writings of divine 

(• 



i8 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

words which are the book of Thoth," of an inscription 
engraved in blue " by the god himself," it clearly means 
writings in hieroglyphs which Thoth was supposed to 
have taught to mankind, and the expression is quite analo- 
gous to that of Exodus (xxxi. i8) : tables of stone wTitten 
with the finger of God. 

In the case of the tables of the law, there is absolutely 
no reason to suppose that they were written in Egyptian 
hieroglyphs. Egyptian was not the language of the 
Israelites ; they probably did not understand it, nor 
was this script their script, while Babylonian cuneiform 
extended all over Western Asia. Besides, if they had 
WTitten the Ten Commandments in hieroglyphs, which was 
a picture writing, they would have had in the very text 
of their law likenesses of " forms in heaven above or in 
the earth beneath, or in the water under the earth " 
which were strictly prohibited by the Second Command- 
ment. 

The existence of a sacred writing which could only be 
cuneiform, different from the cursive, lasted as late as 
the prophet Isaiah, perhaps even later. We read (ch. viii. 
ver. i) : " And the Lord said unto me : Take thee a 
great tablet, and write upon it with the pen of a man 
For Maher-shalal-hashhaz." The word which the 
Re\'ised Version translates " tablet " is found only in 
this passage. The LXX have here : "a piece of new 
and large paper," and the Coptic has " a large piece of a 
new book " ; the word book being that which in old 
Egyptian means a roll of papyrus. The French transla- 
tion of M. Philippe Berger is : " prends un grand rou- 
leau." Thus, according to all these translations, what 
the prophet is told to take is a piece of soft material, 
papyrus or perhaps skin, but neither a wooden nor a stone 
tablet. 



THE LANGUAGE 19 

The Hebrew words hereth-enosh, " pen of a man," 
show that there was a distinct instrument for another 
writing ; and if we inquire with what this " pen of man " 
is contrasted, we find only the "finger of God" with 
which the two tables of the testimony, tables of stone, 
were written (Exod. xxxi. 18). This explains the word 
enosh for man, which is generally poetical, and is em- 
ployed " of man " in comparison " with God," especially 
when the writer wishes to contrast the weakness and in- 
feriority of mankind with the majesty of Godhead. A 
striking instance of this passage of the eighth Psalm, verse 
3 : " When I consider Thy heavens, the work of Thy fingers 
. . . What is man (enosh) that Thou art mindful of him. 
..." As there are two writings, the writing of God and 
that of man, the word for man is naturally enosh. 

The word hereth is translated in the dictionaries by 
"style," an instrument for engraving on metal, and by 
metonymy as we say, style. But the LXX and the 
Coptic use two Greek words which mean a pencil, or 
sometimes a drawing in outline. This agrees well with 
the sense given by them to the first word : a piece of 
paper or skin on which they cannot draw anything but 
cursive writing ; for cuneiform can be sculptured on 
stone, but otherwise it is a ^v^iting produced only by 
pressure on wet clay ; it is not a drawing. The instru- 
ment used for cuneiform can only form wedges, it cannot 
make any curved line, it cannot draw. The pressure of 
the four-sided stylus would leave no trace on paper 
or skin, nor could it be used with ink. At the same time 
cuneiform could not be pressed into hard stuff like pot- 
sherds. Therefore, for any material which was not clay, 
it was necessary to have another alphabet, the Canaanite 
or the Aramaic alphabet, a writing which could be used 
with pen and ink or engraved on material like wax, 



20 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

wood or potsherds. Undoubtedly this is the writing 
meant by Isaiah in using the words hereth enosh. \\'hat- 
ever be the hteral translation of these two words, their 
true meaning is that given in the margin of the Revised 
Version ; " common characters." Thus it seems certain 
that as late as the time of Isaiah there were two writings ; 
one which was considered as having been originally the 
work of God engraved by His finger, the cuneiform, 
and one which was called human because it was used in 
every-day life and not for law or any literary purpose. 

The old Hebrew potsherds found at Samaria, which 
are the accounts of the cellar of the king, show distinctly 
for what original purpose this alphabet was invented. 
Can we suppose that this script was used for the word of 
God or for the sentences of a legislator ? We can hardly 
think so ; and the fact that Isaiah is specially told to 
use common characters seems to indicate that he did not 
employ them when he wrote the word of God. The 
reason he is told to make this exception is given in verse 
i6 : " Bind thou up the testimony, seal the law among 
My disciples." This confirms the translation of the LXX. 
Isaiah is to take a piece of large paper, he is told afterwards 
to roll it up, to tie it with a piece of string and seal it, 
as was done for the Egyptian papyri. Cuneiform could 
not be pressed on any material which had to be rolled, 
therefore it was necessary that the prophet should use 
common writing, but the Babylonian cuneiform was still in 
existence in Isaiah's time. 

Beside the Decalogue, Moses had to write the laws 
which God Himself had taught him. He would not use 
hereth enosh, nor the common characters, admitting even 
that they were invented in his time which is far from 
being established. They would never have been called 
the work of God. It is even doubtful whether in Palestine 



THE LANGUAGE 21 

they were adopted by learned people, for, except the 
stele of Mesha and the inscription of Siloah, there are no 
literary documents in that script, which may never have 
been used for books. 

Moses called himself an Aramean like all the Israelites 
of his time. " An Aramean ready to perish was my 
father," says the author of Deuteronomy (xxvi. 5.) Even 
Josephus, the Jewish writer living under the Roman 
emperor, has preserved that tradition. When in his 
history he reaches the point of the arrival of Jacob in 
Egypt, he interrupts his narrative, as Genesis does, in 
order to introduce the description of the family of the 
patriarch ; but before beginning the list he gives the follow- 
ing curious reason for quoting all the names : " I 
thought it necessary to record those names, in order to 
inform those who do not suspect it that we are Mesopo- 
tamians and not Egyptians." 

The ancestor of Moses, Abram, is said to have started 
from Ur. In his native city he must have heard of the 
great legislator Hammurabi, " the royal offspring whom 
Sin has created, who enriched the city of Ur," as he says 
in the introduction to his famous code of laws. Can we 
suppose that Abram and his tribe, leaving Mesopo- 
tamia, where the literary language was Babylonian 
cuneiform, a language which was especially that of 
such laws as were called a divine inspiration, could take 
to Canaan any other literary language and any other 
writing ? If at that time there had been in Mesopotamia 
a cursive writing, it would have been Aramaic, and not 
Canaanite Hebrew. 

Since, after centuries of bondage in Egypt, the Israelites 
still considered themselves as Arameans, they must have 
preserved some tradition of the old country. It is quite 
possible that Moses knew who Hammurabi was, and that 



22 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

this king was for him a legislator above all others. WTien 
he had to write laws himself, laws which God had dictated 
to him, as Marduk was said to have done for the Baby- 
lonian ruler, Moses must naturally have been inclined to 
adopt the language and writing in which the great law- 
giver of his country had proclaimed and \vritten his code. 
It was the most appropriate language for laws and also for 
expressing divine words. 

The more attentively we consider the circumstances 
in which Moses lived, the nation to which he belonged, 
and the traditions which he followed, the clearer it 
appears that he could not have written anything but 
Babylonian cuneiform. This fact gives to his books a 
special character and throws a pecuHar light on his 
whole work. We are too apt, in studying old writers of 
that remote time, to apply to them the cut-and-dried 
rules of the present day. We have now for every author 
some special fixed requirements which he has to fulfil. 
We have classified authors, we speak of an historian, a 
poet, a novel-writer, and for each one of these there are 
strict regulations which he cannot put aside. Besides this, 
a writer, especially a prose writer, has before his eyes a 
definite plan ; his work has a beginning and an end, and 
unrolls itself in accordance with a scheme which he has 
in his mind. 

There is nothing of this in the case of Moses. He is 
not a professional writer ; he is a prophet and takes his 
tablets only when he feels inspired, or, as is often said, 
when the Lord speaks to him. One day he will be a poet, 
he will strike up the hymn of Miriam after the passage of 
the Red Sea. In the desert he will be the law-giver and, 
hke Hammurabi, he will teach his people the law which 
he has received from God and write it down in order that 
it be not forgotten. Another time he will feel prompted 



THE LANGUAGE 23 

to record the ways of God towards His people since the 
beginning of the world. He will describe the creation of 
the earth, of the animals and of man, or he will picture 
Abraham's life. He will go into great detail about 
Joseph's time, and, for a reason which we can only presume, 
omit entirely what happened from Joseph's death to his 
own time. 

It is very important to remember that Moses does not 
write in a book, not even in a papyrus roll. He is not 
obliged to take up his narrative where he left off. Cunei- 
form tablets are independent of each other, each one 
forms a whole. Nor is it necessary that he should follow 
the chronological order ; the tablets relating the history 
of Joseph may have been written before the description 
of the creation.^ The introduction of a tablet may sum 
up or even repeat what is found on another, as we see in 
the first two tablets of Genesis. There is no plan which 
binds the author to a certain order of his tablets or to 
certain proportions. It will be the redactor's task to 
put the tablets in order chronologically, to make a book 
out of them, like Genesis, and to link them together by 
transitions. Nevertheless the fact of Moses having 
written on tablets wiU always appear in the lack of 
connection which we notice in certain parts of the Penta- 
teuch, especially in Genesis and which has been interpreted 
by the critics as showing the hands of several authors, 
the most important of whom are the Elohist, the Jahvist 
and the writer of the Priestly Code. 

But the most serious consequence which we derive 
from the fact that the oldest Hebrew documents were 
written in Babylonian cuneiform, is that we must recog- 
nize that these books are not original documents as 
regards language. In their present form, they are trans- 
^ On tablets intended to form a series see p. 183. 



24 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

lations or adaptations of documents written in another 
idiom. This is very much hke what we have in the case 
of the New Testament. The rabbinic Hebrew in which 
we now read the books of Moses is to them what Greek 
is to the words of our Lord. Philological criticism, on 
which rests the reconstruction of the books of the Old 
Testament, has been exercised upon translations. The 
texts which the critics continually dissect with their 
philological microscope and in which new authors are 
constantly being discovered are not original. The pic- 
ture shown to us of a kind of mosaic made of stones 
gathered in various places, the manufacture of 
which is described to us in the most minute detail, is all 
based upon what is but the latest form given to words 
and writings of the old Hebrew writers which have under- 
gone several transformations. I shall only mention two : 
that of Ezra, who is said to have brought from the Captivity 
the writing called b}' the rabbis ashurit, the Assyrian, 
which is the Aramaic of Mesopotamia, and the transforma- 
tion due to the rabbis of the first centuries of the Christian 
era who adopted the square Hebrew and the vowel 
points. 

Ezra made a change of language as well as of writing. 
"WTiere he transcribed the books in Aramaic characters, 
it was in order that they might be better understood, 
because at that time the Aramaic language was becoming 
more and more the idiom of the country. He not only 
replaced the alphabet by another, he adapted the text 
to the language which was then spoken and written. 
One can hardly call it a translation since it was only 
'l a dialectic modification. But that is enough to shake 
considerably, I even might say to destroy, the confidence 
in results which the critics have attained mainly through 
philological and literary analysis of the present text. 



THE LANGUAGE 25 

How many of the books of the Old Testament may 
have been written in Babylonian cuneiform ? Evidently 
everything of which Moses was the author or which was 
written by Joshua, his disciple and successor. In Joshua 
we know from the proper names, especially those of the 
cities, that there was an older text which the LXX used 
for their translation. From Joshua to David's time, 
during the period of the Judges and the incessant wars 
of the Israehtes with their neighbours, it is probable that 
there was not much writing. The Philistines against 
whom the Israelites struggled, and who, according to the 
latest discoveries, are supposed to have come from 
Crete, were probably not Semites. It is not likely that 
they introduced into the country a new alphabet. If 
anj'Teligious book was written at that time, as its author 
was a prophet or a man instructed in the law, he would 
naturally employ the sacred script and the language of 
Moses, the Babylonian cuneiform. However, there must 
have been, at an early date, an alphabet for common use. 
There is no doubt that there was one at the time of the 
prophets. We have seen that it is mentioned by Isaiah, 
and Jeremiah is described as writing with ink in a roll. 
That is the regular bookwriting of which we do not know 
with certainty whether it was Aramaic or the Canaanite 
alphabet. Old examples of Canaanite are the potsherds 
found at Samaria by Mr. Reisner and which are of the 
time of Omri, the father of Ahab. This alphabet, the 
Canaanite, or so-called old Hebrew, is the same as the 
Phoenician, and we find it after Phoenician influence was 
strongly established in the country. 

The Old Hebrew Alphabet 

Most Semitic scholars admit that the first Canaanite 
inscriptions are of the time of David or Solomon. It has 



26 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

been argued that this alphabet bears the character of a 
script which has been long in use, therefore it must go 
back much further. But we do not know where it was 
invented, whether in Phoenicia or, as Professor Sayce 
thinks, among the tribes of Northern Arabia. It may 
be much older in its native country, and yet be a later 
importation into Palestine. Admitting that it was 
known in Palestine before Solomon, it does not follow 
that it was used for books and especially for sacred writings. 
It is even questionable whether old Hebrew or Canaanite 
was ever chosen for books, particularly in the most 
ancient times. We have no remains of anything hterary 
in Phoenician or old Hebrew. The stele of Mesha of Moab 
can hardly be called a literary document. One can fancy 
a king of Moab having his inscription engraved in the 
language spoken by his subjects who perhaps had no 
literature nor script of any kind. What the excavations 
have revealed to us of literary matters are only two 
things : the cuneiform tablets of Tel-el-Amarna, Lachish, 
Gezer. Taanach, and Boghaz Keui, showing that Babylon- 
ian was the written language of Palestine at the time of 
Moses and later, and the papyri of Elephantine, from 
which we gather that the Jews who had left their country 
to settle in Egypt spoke and wrote Aramaic. 

The introduction of the Phoenician, or old Hebrew, 
alphabet must be connected with the increase of Phoeni- 
cian influence in Canaan. We do not know when the 
Phoenician cities first became independent under their 
own rulers. In the correspondence of Tel-el-Amarna, 
the letters of Abi-milki of Tyre and Zimrida of Zidon are 
the same as the other ones, and are written in the same 
language. The distinct Phoenician character of these 
cities does not yet appear. As I said before, the Phoeni- 
cian or Canaanite alphabet seems to have been invented 



THE LANGUAGE 27 

for common use, for writing on any material. An alpha- 
bet of that kind would be particularly useful for a nation 
of tradesmen like the Phoenicians. Various theories 
have been put forward as to its origin. We shall not 
inquire whether it comes from a tribe in the Arabian 
desert, or from the North. But it is hardly to be sup- 
posed that it originated among the Hebrews who, especi- 
ally before Solomon's time, were an agricultural nation, 
and do not seem to have been much occupied with hterary, 
or even industrial, pursuits. 

The circumstances changed when Solomon came to 
the throne. His reign seems to have marked an im- 
portant step in the progress of civilization. From the 
first, he was desirous of building a temple which should 
be a central point for the kingdom in general, but chiefly 
for worship according to the prescription of Deuteronomy : 
" the place which the Lord your God shall choose out of 
all your tribes to put His Name there, even unto His 
habitation " (xii. 5). But he had neither the necessary 
material for building a temple worthy of being " God's 
habitation," nor the skilled workmen who could work 
metal. He was obliged to apply to Hiram, King of 
Tyre, with whom he was at peace, and with whom he had 
made a league. He sent to him saying (i Kings v. 6- 
2 Chron. ii. 7-10) : " Now therefore command that they 
hew me cedar trees out of Lebanon ; and my servants 
shall be with thy servants ; and I will give thee hire for 
thy servants according to all that thou shalt say ; for 
thou knowest that there is not among us any that can 
skill to hew timber like unto the Zidonians." It is the 
king himself who says that his subjects did not know how 
to work timber. 

It was the same with metal (i Kings vii 13) : " And 
King Solomon sent and fetched Hiram out of TjTe. 



28 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

He was the son of a widow woman of the tribe of Naph- 
thah, and his father was a man of Tyre, a worker in brass, 
and he was filled with wisdom and understanding and 
cunning to work all works in brass." Now if we consider 
the enormous levies of men sent to Lebanon to hew 
cedar and fir under the direction of Zidonians who 
instructed them how to do this, is it not natural to sup- 
pose that the Zidonians taught them also their alphabet, 
that the accounts, probably on potsherds, of the hire for 
the servants of Hiram which Solomon's ofhcers had to 
pay were written in Phoenician script ? Industry cannot 
very well go on without writing ; and if Solomon had 
to rely upon the industry of the Phoenicians to such a 
large extent, surely he may well have taken over their 
writing also, and made use of it. The adoption of this 
new writing probably took place naturally amongst 
the workmen of the two nations, but if it became general 
amongst the subjects of Solomon, it must have emanated 
from the king himself by a decree or edict proclaimed 
by the highest authority in the kingdom. \Yha.t gives 
to this hypothesis a certain degree of probabihty, is 
the fact that Solomon is described to us not as a warrior, 
like his father David, but as a man having literary 
tastes. He is said to have been an author : " who spoke 
of trees from the cedar that is in Lebanon, even unto 
the hyssop that springeth out of the wall ; he spoke also 
of beasts and of fowl, and of creeping things, and of 
fishes." Without taking the above passage too literally, 
we may infer that he was more qualified than any of 
the rulers who reigned at Jerusalem to adopt characters 
infinitely simpler and easier to handle than the cuneiform. 
After Solomon, the time when we see Phoenician in- 
fluence most prevalent, was during Ahab's reign. In his 
father's time the Phoenician script was commonly used 



THE LANGUAGE 29 

at Samaria, as we know from the great number of ostraca 
found by Mr. Reisner in Omri's palace. I fancy that it 
was owing to the conquest of Moab by Omri and Ahab 
that the Canaanite writing extended as far as Dhibon, 
where Mesha wrote his inscription. Later, Phoenician 
influence must have been in conflict with Assyrian, 
and was entirely superseded, especially in Judea, by the 
Assyrian conquest. 

The idea that Solomon established in his kingdom 
the Canaanite writing for common use is an hypothesis 
which is not yet proved, but it seems to me to agree with 
the historical circumstances such as we know them from 
the books and with the character of Solomon, which 
was totally different from that of his father, and from 
that of the rulers of Israel, whoever they were, judges or 
kings, who preceded him. We are led again to the con- 
clusion that before Solomon's time all rehgious books must 
have been written in Babylonian cuneiform. 



CHAPTER II 
GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 

THE evidence that has been reviewed in the pre- 
ceding chapter seems to prove that the first 
books of the Old Testament were written in Bab3'lonian 
cuneiform, on tablets. We should hke now to consider 
further the bearing of this fact on the form of the book 
of Genesis. We shall consider chiefly the events which 
took place before the arrival of Jacob and his family in 
Egypt. Literary arguments rather than archaeological 
will often have to be adduced and also information 
which may be derived from Egyptian writings. But 
the reader must not expect to find here a complete study 
of this venerable document. A few points only will 
be chosen, showing the Mosaic authorship and the unity 
of the book. 

The First Four Tablets 

The review of the facts has led us to conclude that 
the Pentateuch and the earlier wxitings of the Old Testa- 
ment were originally wTitten in Babylonian cuneiform. 
Therefore they were written not in books, but on tablets. 
This fact is so important that I must be allowed to dwell 
again on the character of writings on tablets ; for this 
circumstance involves a complete change in our views 
concerning these writings and in our method of studying 
them. We have to do away with the description and 

30 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 31 

the nature of what we call a book, whether it be written 
on a papyrus roll or printed Hke those of the present 
day. A book, especially an historical one, is made on 
a definite plan ; it has a beginning and an end, and it 
must be composed according to a definite order. If it 
is divided into chapters, the middle ones or the last 
will not be ^vritten before the earher ones. The second 
chapter presupposes the first, it is intimately connected 
with it as its logical successor. There is no break between 
the two, and the same connexion exists between the 
second and the third. 

A tablet is something quite different. It is a whole, 
a composition, we might even say a book in itself ; it 
is not connected with another, it does not follow a pre- 
vious one, it does not go on to a succeeding one. It 
has no fixed place in a series as have the chapters of a 
volume. The author may write his tablets whenever 
he likes, he is not bound either by a chronological order 
or by a definite plan. Supposing a tablet to be a narra- 
tive, it may require an introduction which recalls facts 
mentioned in another one, or it may even be a summary 
of such facts. Therefore a series of tablets put together^ 
in book form, as was probably done by Ezra for thai 
tablets of Moses, will necessarily produce a compositiori 
hke Genesis, where the connexion is very loose between 
the different parts, and in which there are repetitions 
and a complete absence of proportion in the way each 
subject is treated. - Naturally, a scholar who has not 
divested himself of the notion which we have of a book 
will find himself tempted to find different authors in a 
text which consists of fragments, pieced together, which 
one author WTote at various times and under various 
circumstances. 

\Mien Ezra compiled the tablets he could not begin 



32 ARCPIAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

otherwise than by those which referred to creation. 
We can easily separate the first four : the creation of 
heaven and earth, the creation of mankind, the generations 
of men as far as Noah, and the deluge. 

The first begins with an indication of time : in the 
beginning, iv apxv, God created the heaven and the earth ; 
then the writer relates the work of the six days, after 
which God rested. Being the summary of God's com- 
plete work, the narrative mentions the creation of man 
and the fact that he is to have dominion over all that had 
been made before. Since the creation of man is only an 
episode in the whole work, one feature in the general 
picture, it is not treated with such detail as it is in another 
tablet, the special subject of which is the creation of man- 
kind. The tablet ended with these words : (ii. 4.) " These 
are the generations of the heaven and the earth when 
they were created." It is evidently an error to consider 
these words as the title of the next narrative — we should 
say, of the next tablet — which does not speak either of 
the creation of the heaven or of that of the earth. Some 
critics, e.g. Kautzsch and Socin, and others, have very cor- 
rectly considered these words as the end of the first 
narrative. This seems also to be the interpretation of 
theLXX., who translate: Avtt) rj /St/Q\o9 YeveVeo)? oupavov 
Kol j)]<;, ore iyeveTo. ' ' This is the book of heaven and earth 
when they were created." A book ended there, or as we 
should say, a tablet. The word /9//9\o?, papyrus-book, 
is employed here because the LXX translated from 
Aramaic papyrus-rolls. 

Now begins a new tablet, which, as we have said, is 
independent of the first ; it is a book in itself. Therefore 
the first sentence does not follow the last one of the other 
tablet, as would be the case with two pages. It is a new 
narrative which requires an introduction. The events 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 33 

related occur after the creation, but the author begins 
with contrasting the primitive state of the earth, when it 
was first created and before the existence of man, with 
the Garden of Eden (ii. 4.) "In the day that the Lord 
made heaven and earth iv rjfiepa eTTolrjcrev Kupio<i 6 6e6i; 
the earth was entirely barren, " for the Lord God had 
not caused it to rain upon the earth, and there was no 
man to till the ground." But, when the Lord had formed 
man. He put him into the Garden of Eden, the vegetation 
of which was luxuriant. Why ? — because a " river went 
out of Eden to water the garden," and man was there 
" to dress it and to keep it." At the beginning no rain 
and utter barrenness, on the contrary in the Garden of 
Eden where man had been put, abundance of plants and 
fruits due not to rain, but to a river which divides itself 
into four branches, a detail which it is very important to 
notice. I do not believe that the critics have ever paid 
any attention to this fact, since they suppose that all 
that is said of the river is an interpolation due to a different 
author. This, I do not hesitate to say, shows a strange 
lack of insight into the composition of the narrative. 
Why should the author have mentioned at the beginning 
the absence of rain and the emptiness which was the result 
of it, if it was not to put it in opposition to the riches 
and plenty which a river brought to the garden. It is 
interesting to notice that this reveals an author who knew 
Egypt. For him fertility is derived not from rain, but 
from a river, and this river divides itself into several 
branches. Evidently when he wrote that description 
Moses had the Nile before his eyes. We shall see in 
another chapter that he again quotes Egypt as the type 
of a fertile and rich country. 

After the description of the river, which is somewhat 
detailed, the wTiter reverts to man whom the Lord has 

D 



34 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

put in the garden. He describes the command given to 
man not to eat from one of the trees, the birth of Eve, the 
temptation, the fall and its consequences, the birth of Cain 
and Abel and of their first descendants. The tablet closes, 
like the former one, with these words, which I translate 
from the LXX : (v. i.) " This is the book of the generation 
of mankind." Avti] n) ^i^\o^ 'yeveaea><; avOpco-rrcov. Here 
the Hebrew also has the word " book." The tablet of 
the creation of mankind ends there. 

Another tablet begins (v. i. ) It also has the necessary in- 
troduction and it opens exactly like the former one with 
the words : " in the day that "...?? vp-hi*- i-rrol-naeu 
6 deo^. The author is about to describe the generations 
of men as far as Noah, and very aptly begins by saying 
that God made men male and female, therefore they could 
give birth to children. He here mentions only the father, 
while in the tablet of the generation of mankind the 
mother is nearly always mentioned. Here again we may 
recognize the man who knew Egypt, where the idea that 
a divine being, for instance a god, could give birth to his 
son from his owti substance, by himself, was very famihar, 
an idea with which the writer of the tablet disagrees 
completely. 

I believe we have also the indication of the end of this 
tablet. It goes as far as Noah, and the words (Gen. vi. 9), 
" these are the generations of Noah," seem to have been 
misunderstood. They cannot apply to the following 
narrative, which is that of the deluge. Even critics like 
Kautzsch and Socin have noticed the discrepancy between 
the title and the text, since they translate : this is the 
family-history of Noah. We must translate this rubric 
like that of the first tablet, to which it is exactly similar 
in Hebrew : " this is the generation of Noah." It is his 
genealogy since Adam. 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 35 

The tablet of the deluge, which follows, is one of the 
most important of Genesis. It is, in fact, the description 
of Noah's life until his death. It bears very strongly the 
same character as each of the previous writings. It is a 
book in itself, which Moses may perhaps have written 
before he wrote the tablets of creation. Naturally, at 
the beginning the writer introduces the man who may 
be called the hero of the deluge. Noah was a righteous 
man who had three sons, and he walked with God while 
the inhabitants of the earth were corrupt. This is a 
repetition of what is in another tablet, which might be 
unknown to the reader, since this is not a mere continu- 
ation of it. In my opinion, this tablet ended with the 
death of Noah (ix. 29). 

We cannot now go further in the separation and analysis 
of these tablets, which are no longer in their original lan- 
guage. But such seems to me the method according to 
which these ancient texts ought to be studied. They are 
a series of tablets, arranged by Ezra or by some compiler, 
whoever it might be. Each tablet is a whole in itself 
and may contain facts or sentences found also in another. 
The task of the critics is now to separate them and to 
distinguish the old documents from the work of the com- 
piler. Putting them together, changing their language 
and their script must necessarily have had some influence 
on the text. I should fancy, for instance, that the compiler 
would replace geographical names absolutely unknown 
to his contemporaries by those in use in his time, just as a 
French writer of the present day might put Paris in 
place of Lutetia. 

I believe that if the Pentateuch is studied in this light, 
many of the assertions which are proclaimed by the critics 
to be unassailable are bound to disappear. What reason 
is there for assigning different authors to the four tablets 



36 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

which we traced in the first nine chapters of Genesis ? 
For instance, the first tablet, the creation of heaven and 
earth, being attributed to the Priestly Code, must be 
post exilic, and therefore 400 years younger than the 
second, the creation of mankind, which is Jahvist. Yet 
there is no discrepancy between them, though they are 
independent, and we have found no ground whatever to 
question their being the work of one author. 

Kautzsch and Socin distinguish four authors in the first 
two chapters of Genesis, and one tablet has to be divided 
between two or three. On the contrary, we have noticed 
that each tablet is a whole which unfolds itself quite 
logically, and that so-called repetitions from another form 
the introduction necessary in order that the tablet may 
be well understood. 

Why should Moses not be the author, as he is said to be by 
the tradition of many centuries ? Why should his tablets 
not have been preserved just as much as Hammurabi's 
code, or the letters of the Palestinian governors ? I am 
convinced that the fact of the Pentateuch having orig- 
inally been written on cuneiform tablets, when new 
discoveries shall have confirmed the information which 
we have already derived from the fact, will be a fatal 
blow struck at Wellhausen's theory, and that it will be the 
end of the " Rainbow Bible," of the picture with variegated 
colours, each one representing an author whose name, 
origin and date are absolutely unknown, and whose 
conjectural existence is based merely on a literary criticism 
which is quite irrelevant since it is not appHed to an 
original text. 

The Garden of Eden and the Land of Egypt 
The tablet of the creation of mankind gives the de- 
scription of the Garden of Eden, out of the ground of which 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 37 

the Lord God " made to grow every tree that is pleasant 
to the sight and good for food." We noticed that this 
luxuriant vegetation was due, not to rain, but to a river 
which " went out of the garden to water Eden " and after- 
wards divided itself into four branches described at some 
length. This seems to reveal an author who knew Egypt, 
the fertihty of which proceeded, and still proceeds, not 
from rain, but from its magnificent river. Moses had 
Egypt before his eyes ; that country was for him the type 
of the most fertile and rich land which he could imagine. 

We find an allusion to Egypt in another passage also ; 
in Genesis xiii. 10. Abram has come out of Egypt with 
his nephew Lot. Their herdsmen quarrel, and in order 
that there should be no strife, Abram tells Lot that they 
must separate, and that he may go to the right or to the 
left. Lot lifts up his eyes and beholds " all the Plain of 
Jordan that it was well watered everywhere, before the 
Lord destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah, like the garden 
of the Lord, hke the land of Egypt as thou goest unto Zoar." 

It seems natural to connect this passage with the 
description of Eden. The Plain of Jordan is well watered, 
hke the garden which the Lord prepared for man, and also 
like the land of Egypt " as thou goest unto Zoar." Surely 
the two descriptions must be by the same author. 

The critics have cut them up between various writers. 
The description of Eden is by the Jahvist, except what 
is said of the river ; that belongs to the redactor. In 
the thirteenth chapter the verse quoted above is also by 
the Jahvist, but the words " like the land of Egypt " 
are put down as a late gloss, the author of which is not 
known. On the contrary, we shall see that these words 
belong to the old Mosaic text. 

This conjecture of the critics is due to a confusion in 
the vowel points of the Massora, which resulted in their 



38 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

not distinguishing two quite different cities of Zoar. 
Undoubtedly there was a City of Zoar south of the Dead 
Sea, in Moab. There Lot took refuge after the destruction 
of Sodom and Gomorrah. It is mentioned in Deuteronomy 
(xxxiv. 4) as the southern point of the view before the 
eyes of Moses, and also by the prophets Isaiah and Jere- 
miah. There is what is called a popular etymology of the 
name in what Lot says to the angel, " Oh, let me escape 
thither, is it not a httle one ? . . , therefore the name 
of the city was called Zoar," which means " little." The 
LXX always transcribe the City of Moab Segor, I'^ywp. 
This city was separated from Egypt by the whole Sinaitic 
desert, so it cannot be meant in the passage of chapter 
xiii. 

" Like the land of Egypt as thou goest unto Zoar " 
refers to a quite different city, which the LXX read Zogora : 
Zoyopa, the Egyptian Zar. This city is well known. 
It was on the most eastern branch of the Nile, the Pelusiac. 
Not only do we find it mentioned in many inscriptions, 
but we have a picture of it in one of the sculptures repre- 
senting the campaign of King Seti I, of the Nineteenth 
Dynasty, against the populations of the Sinaitic peninsula 
and the southern part of Palestine. It was called a 
fortress, and we see that it consisted of pylons and towers 
on both sides of the river, joined by a bridge. It has 
long ago been identified with the present Kantarah {the 
bridge), one of the stations on the Suez Canal which used 
to be, and was till quite lately, one of the entrances into 
Egypt for the caravans coming from Palestine. In- 
scriptions lately discovered have confirmed the identifi- 
cation of Zar with the site of Kantarah. The road from 
Egypt to Canaan through Zar was the most northerly one. 
There was another more southerly one through Pithom, 
of which we shall have to speak further. Zar was con- 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 39 

sidered as the limit of Egypt on that side as late as the 
Ptolemies. Its name in Egyptian contains a sign indicat- 
ing that it is a foreign word. On the east was the desert 
where, here and there, the Pharaohs had dug wells and 
built towers and stations on the road to Canaan ; but it 
was neither so well- watered nor so well cultivated as the 
land on the west. 

The western part of the Delta between the Tanitic and 
Pelusiac branches was a very rich land. As late as the 
fourth century a Christian pilgrim, Silvia Aquitana, 
describing it, says that when she journeyed along the Nile 
(the Pelusiac branch) she went " through vineyards which 
produced wine, and vineyards producing balsam, through 
orchards extremely well cultivated, fields and gardens. 
What more ? I do not think I ever saw a more beautiful 
territory." Although the good lady, who is a perfect type 
of many tourists of the present day, beheves whatever is 
said to her by her guides and sees the old Israelites every- 
where, the description she gives of that part of the country 
is most interesting. It is a striking illustration, given 
quite unintentionally, of the passage in Genesis. 

That part of the country has changed considerably 

since Silvia Aquitana's journey. The silting up of 

the Pelusiac and Tanitic branches, the formation of Lake 

Menzaleh, due to the sinking of the ground, have destroyed 

the former beauty of the land. A few years ago the ruins 

of the great city of Tanis could only be reached by going 

across marshes and a swampy country, the quite barren 

white soil of which is the salt land, the type of sterihty for 

the Psalms and for Jeremiah. Evidently that part of the 

Delta is quite different from what it was even in Ptolemaic 

times. Canals are now being dug there in order to restore 

to that region part at least of its ancient fruitfulness. 

The passage : " like the garden of the Lord, like the 



40 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

land of Egypt as thou goest unto Zoar," is extremely 
embarrassing for the critics. It is supposed to have been 
written by the Jahvist who lived in the kingdom of 
Judah in the ninth century (b.c). In that case, there is 
absolutely no reason for speaking of Egypt, a country 
far distant and unknown to the inhabitants of Judea. 
In comparing the land of Sodom and Gomorrah with 
another which was particularly beautiful, it is obvious 
that the writer must have chosen a region which his 
readers knew, so that they might judge how far his com- 
parison was true. He has first spoken of the garden of 
the Lord, which I have no hesitation in considering as 
being Eden, the ideal type of fruitfulness and beauty. 
Eden had never been seen by any of the contemporaries 
of the writer, so he must choose a country which they 
might see : Egypt. 

Then the author cannot have been one who lived in 
Judea. His comparison would not in that case have 
appealed in the least to his readers. Supposing it made 
in our time by a Scotch preacher to his congregation, it 
would come to this : like the garden of the Lord, like 
Normandy as thou goest to Le Havre. What kind of 
impression would such a comparison make upon Scotch 
hearers ? 

Most of the critics consider the words, " hke the land 
of Egypt," as a gloss. We shall not inquire whether 
there is any reason for inserting this gloss into the text 
since this insertion makes the sentence quite incongruous. 
For Zoar is always considered by them as being the city 
south of the Dead Sea ; therefore on the way to Zoar 
thou dost not go through the well- watered land of Egypt, 
but, on the contrary, through a waterless desert ; so 
that the whole passage is quite inconsistent and mean- 
ingless. 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 41 

It is not much clearer when, with Kautzsch and Socin, 
we strike out the gloss and translate : like the paradise 
as far as Zoar. The paradise does not exist ; how can 
there be a way from that garden towards Zoar ? Other 
critics suppose that the Upper Jordan valley is the Garden 
of the Lord. But we do not think that this name is ever 
applied to the Jordan valley ; besides, going from there 
to Zoar it was necessary to skirt the Dead Sea, the very 
region which had been destroyed. How then could this 
be the second term of the comparison ? I need not dwell 
longer on the utter inability of the critics to give a reason- 
able explanation of this sentence unless they correct the 
text. Some of their translations are absolutely meaning- 
less. 

There seems to be only one way to solve the difficulty, 
and to interpret the sentence as it is, without striking out 
anything. But before coming to Egypt, let us begin 
with " the Garden of the Lord." In my opinion, this 
cannot be anything else than the Garden of Eden, the 
magnificent dwelling which the Lord had devised and 
prepared for man. The author has before his eyes the 
vision of the glorious creation of the Lord described in 
another tablet. The land of Sodom and Gomorrah was a 
true Eden. This comparison has for Moses a majesty and 
a nobleness which it has lost entirely in modern times, 
since the name Eden has been prostituted to hotels and 
cajes-chantants. 

But no one except Adam had been in Eden. The 
author himself knows its existence only from tradition, 
or from some early documents which had been preserved 
unto his time. In order that his comparison may be really 
telling for his contemporaries, he must quote something 
which they have before their eyes ; and this is the land 
of Egypt. Zoar, the Egyptian Zar, is the fortress on the 



42 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

frontier, it is the place where Egypt ended. On the 
eastern side of the Pelusiac branch the country is no longer 
Egypt, it is the desert. The fertile and beautiful land 
is on the west, so that the sentence means, as the LXX 
and the Coptic read "like the land of Egypt, until thou 
reachest Zoar" : &)<? t) 7^ Al-yvTrrov 6tu9 iXdelv eh Zoyopa. 
There is no possible misunderstanding, the sentence is 
WTitten for a man who lives in Egypt and who goes 
towards the border-city of Zoar. How then can the 
author be a writer in the kingdom of Judah ? For this 
does not apply to a traveller going from Judea to Egypt. 
It is just the reverse. At Zoar Egypt ends ; west of 
it, towards Judea, there is the desert inhabited by the 
nomads called the Shasu. 

Let us now revert to the Israelites in Egypt. This 
beautiful country is contiguous to the land of Goshen 
where they reside. Probably a great number of them 
know it, perhaps they know the city of Zoar on the way 
to Canaan with which they may have intercourse of some 
kind. Does any explanation account better for the 
meaning of this sentence than that Moses was its author, 
and that the tablet relating this episode of Abram's life 
was written before Moses left Egypt ? 

As we said before, there seems to be such a strong 
connection between tliis passage and the description of 
Eden, that it shows the hand of one single author for both 
tablets. This is also the opinion of the critics, except 
that they take out of the tablet of man's creation the 
description of the river watering the Garden of Eden, 
and out of this tablet the words " like the land of Egypt." 
For the second time we notice that the suppression of 
so-called interpolations or glosses destroys entirely the 
drift of the passage ; and in this case takes away from 
the sentence all reasonable sense. Thus in these short 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 43 

passages : the description of the river in Eden, and this 
comparison concerning the state of the land before the 
destruction of the cities, while the critics trace there 
different authors, we find only Moses writing in Egypt. 

Ham and Canaan 

The tenth chapter of Genesis, " the generations of the 
sons of Noah," is one which has been most discussed by 
the critics, who attribute it to various writers. We shal 
consider here only one verse, (6) " And the sons of Ham, 
Cush and Mizraim, and Phut, and Canaan." 

There is no doubt about Mizraim, the ordinary name 
for Egypt. As for Cush, it is generally translated 
Ethiopia, the region of the Upper Nile, above Egypt. 
Certainly this was the meaning of the name of Cush in later 
times, as we know from Egyptian inscriptions ; but in 
the chapter of Genesis where we find the origin and the 
first dwelling of the various branches of mankind, it 
seems established by the works of Ass3n:ian scholars that 
Cush is Northern Arabia, " especially the district around 
Djebel Shammar." ^ 

Phut, as Rouge first pointed out, is the incense country 
of Punt situated on both sides of the Red Sea. The 
Egyptian inscriptions place it either south or east of 
Egypt, the real position being south-east. 

One of the reasons for attacking the authenticity of 
chapter x. is the name Canaan. Canaan being the 
residence of the Phoenicians and the Hebrews, who both 
spoke a Semitic language, the first ancestor of the in- 
habitants cannot be a son of Ham. He must be a Semite. 
Therefore they say that the hst is certainly erroneous 
on that point. 

Anthropology has now taught us, by unassailable facts, 

^ Hommel in Hilprecht : Explorations in Bible Lands, p. 742. 



44 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

that language and race are far from being identical and 
that language is no sure criterion of the ethnical type of 
those who speak it. H we look at the Egypt of the present 
day, where nothing but Arabic is spoken b}'' the fellaheen, 
we should say that the Egyptians are a Semitic popula- 
tion. Yet Greek had been so generally adopted until 
the Mohammedan conquest, especially as a written lan- 
guage, and for documents of all kinds that, if we used the 
same argument as the Hebrew scholars use about Hebrew 
and which we controverted in the preceding chapter, we 
should say that the Egyptians spoke Greek, and therefore 
they belonged to the Indo-European stock. In this case 
we can trace when the change of language took place 
and we know the original idiom. 

Not so with the old Asiatic nations about which we 
have very scanty information, especially considering 
that a conquest may have influenced language in many 
ways. In ancient as well as in modern times, if the conquest 
brought a change in the religion the original language 
was immediately affected. For example we see that the 
conquest of Egypt by the Arabs having resulted in the 
destruction of Christianity and the substitution of the 
mosque for the church, a change of language followed at 
once : Arabic took the place of Coptic. The Cliristian- 
ized Egyptian, the Coptic, remained only in families where 
the Christian faith was preserved. It is still a religious 
language, the language of the Church ; but since the end 
of the seventeenth century it is dead as a spoken idiom. 
In the same way Arabic superseded the North African 
languages, it follows in the steps of the Mohammedan 
religion. The tribes which have kept their idiom are 
those whose Mohammedanism is merely nominal. The 
same also with Turkish. In the empire of the Sultan it 
Is the language of the conquerors, the followers of the 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 45 

prophet, who often forced their behef upon their subjects 
by the sword. 

If we go back to Egypt, we find no trace of the language 
of the Hyksos, who occupied the country for several 
centuries, and who were certainly an Asiatic nation, 
coming, according to all probabihty, directly from Asia. 
They had another religion than the Egyptians. " They 
reigned ignoring Ra," as a papyrus says ; and this was 
one of the reasons why they were the objects of the hatred 
of the natives. But they did not enforce their worship 
on the Egyptians. On the contrary, they seem to have 
adopted more and more the religion of the country they 
had conquered, building temples on the same principle 
and having the names of their kings enclosed in two 
cartouches, one of which is introduced by the rehgious 
title " son of Ra." The same happened at the Assyrian 
conquest. Esar-haddon did not build in Egypt sanctuaries 
to his gods, his religion did not conquer the worship of 
Amon and Osiris. Therefore the language remained 
the same. 

We see also in antiquity, as well as in our time, that 
the same language may be written by nations or tribes 
belonging to different races, as is shown by the tablets of 
Tel-el- Amarna. The population of Palestine was certainly 
not homogeneous as to race and origin, neither was it 
entirely Semitic ; nevertheless the governors of the various 
cities wrote only a Semitic language ; and certainly it 
would be a great mistake to draw an ethnological con- 
clusion from this fact. 

Assuming that the whole population of Canaan spoke 
Semitic, it would not follow that it was a Semitic race. 
1 should even say that the scanty indications which have 
been preserved lead us to the opposite idea. It is said 
that Canaan begat Zidon his first-born, and Heth. " And 



46 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

the border of the Canaanite was from Zidon as thou goest 
towards Gerar and Gaza, as thou goest towaids Sodom 
and Gomorrah. ..." The territory of the Canaanite is 
described by this passage as being in the first place the 
fertile plain along the sea, from Zidon to Gaza, and then 
turning at a right angle, it extends over Southern Pales- 
tine and Judea as far as the Dead Sea, this part of the 
country being inhabited by the Jebusites, the Amorites 
and the Girgashites, evidently the descendants of Heth, 
while six others, being in the north, must be the sons of 
Zidon. 

Whenever the text sums up the description of the 
posterity of one of the sons, it adds : " Nations divided 
in their lands every one after his tongue, after their 
families, in their nations " . . . or " after their families, 
after their tongues, in their lands, in their nations," showing 
that the dispersion implies not only different lands, but 
also different tongues. These passages do not lead to 
the theoretical idea which has prevailed too long in 
philology, as to Indo-European and Semitic languages, 
of a typical mother-tongue whence dialects should have 
diverged. On the contrary they agree with the idea 
now advocated by anthropology, of the diversity of lan- 
guage being simultaneous with the dispersion, so that one 
does not know where to find the mother-tongue. The 
further back we go, the greater is the variety, as with the 
primitive people of the present day. 

We learn from the Egyptian inscriptions that the 
Sinaitic peninsula was first inhabited by a population 
called the Anu Mentu. There are several branches of 
Anu which are all African nations, inhabitants of Nubia, 
and of the countries bordering Egypt on the west ; they 
occupied also the valley of the Nile itself, where their name 
has remained in that oiAn On, Hehopolis. They are cer- 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 47 

tainly not Semites. They are a Hamitic population, sons 
of Ham as much as are the Egyptians. It is quite possible 
that the Anu Mentu, the population of the Sinaitic penin- 
sula, may have marched further north and have occupied 
also the southern part of Palestine, the mountains of 
Judea, where the tenth chapter of Genesis locates the 
sons of Ham. Those who were in the beautiful and fertile 
plain along the sea might easily push further north as 
far as Zidon. 

On the coast, also, we find the Philistines. We do not 
know exactly when they settled in the country to which 
they gave their name. The most recent excavations tend 
to show that they came from Crete, and also that the 
civilization of this great island is closely related to that of 
Egypt. The first inhabitants of Crete were undoubtedly 
not Semites ; nor do they seem to have been Aryans ; 
so that here again, even if the Philistines were already 
settled in Canaan at the time when this tablet was written, 
that part of the country was inhabited by descendants of 
Ham. 

But we have other indications that the Phoenicians 
did not originally inhabit the coast of Palestine. Herodo- 
tus says twice that they came from the Red Sea. It is 
probable that by that name we must not understand the 
whole of the present Red Sea. The northern part of the 
Gulf of Suez is for Herodotus the Arabian Gulf ; so that 
the name Red Sea may have extended to part of the 
Indian Ocean and perhaps to the Persian Gulf. This 
seems to connect them with some Cushite nations which 
were settled on both sides of the present Red Sea. Lepsius 
explained the Latin name of Poeni and the Greek cpoivi^ 
by that of the inhabitants of Punt, whose name he read 
Puna, which most Egyptologists read Punti, and which I 
read Puni. The assimilation made by Lepsius has to 



48 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

be considered seriously, in spite of the contempt \\ith 
which it has been treated by some German scholars. 
According to this opinion, the Phoenicians would have 
to be reckoned as belonging to the posterity of Phut, 
one of the sons of Ham. 

The tenth chapter of Genesis raises difficult questions 
in reference to original authorship. We can understand 
the Hebrews having preserved the tradition concerning 
the creation of the world, or that of mankind. Even the 
flood may be one of those popular narratives handed on 
from father to son, through many generations. Nearly 
all nations have traditions of that kind which are put 
down in writing, sometimes very long after they originated. 
It is not at all impossible that the Israelites had these 
traditions before Abram left ]\Iesopotamia, especially since 
they were intimately connected \\ith Abram's worship. 
For we must not consider Abram's migration into Canaan 
as that of a single family. It must have been that of a 
tribe of some importance, since we see that on the occa- 
sion of the war of the Mesopotamian kings against the 
kings of Sodom and Gomorrah Abram led forth his trained 
men, born in his house, three hundred and eighteen, so 
that he must have been a chief ha\dng a power worth}' to 
be compared with that of the rulers among whom he 
settled. 

If now we try to find the reason which induced Terah 
to take his son Abram and his grandson Lot to go to 
Canaan, stopping first at Haran ; and afterwards Abram 
to take Lot as his companion and to choose as his abode 
the South of Canaan, it is hardly possible to find for that 
migration any other cause but religion. These words : 
" Now the Lord said unto Abram, Get thee out of thy 
country, and from thy kindred, and from thy father's 
house, unto the land that I will show thee ... So Abram 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 49 

went, as the Lord had spoken unto him" (Gen. xii. i) 
seem to show that his worship was not that of his family, 
and that he went to Canaan, to a country where he could 
practise his own religion without incurring the enmity 
of those who were not followers of the same worship. 
Applying to the Abrahamites a modern name, we should 
call them a sect. 

A sect naturally must have its rehgious books, relating 
its origin. It has some documents showing whence it 
comes and how it was born. In fact the first eleven 
chapters of Genesis are nothing but the generation of 
Abram, beginning at the first man. They are his pedigree. 
These chapters may have been wTitten on tablets brought 
from Haran, which Moses used or copied. He may have 
chosen from among a larger number those which best 
answered his purpose. The fact of these tablets having 
been written in Mesopotamia accounts for their similarity 
to the Assyrian documents on the deluge or even on 
creation, a similarity upon which so many theories have 
lately been based. 

A few tablets may easily have been carried by nomads 
even to a great distance, as were the letters written by 
the governors of Palestinian cities, or the kings of Babylon 
to Amenophis III in Egypt, Especially would this be the 
case if the Abrahamites gave them a religious value ; 
if these tablets were for them a kind of title-deed showing 
that they were the tribe set apart to call upon the Name 
of the Lord and be faithful to the worship of Yahveh 
Elohim, the people with whom the Lord would make a 
covenant, and in whom all the families of the earth should 
be blessed ; surely they would take special care of them, 
and value them as a treasure. 

As we said before, these early tablets, which were left by 
Moses as a collection of independent documents, were prob- 

E 



50 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

ably put into book form by Ezra when he turned them into 
Aramaic. He may have added or inserted a few glosses 
so that his [book might be better understood by his 
contemporaries ; for instance, it is doubtful whether the 
Philistines were known under that name at the time when 
the tablet was written ; but here, again, there is no reason 
for dividing this chapter between three or four absolutely 
unknown authors. 

The tablet describing the posterity of Noah began with 
these words (x. i) : " Now these are the generations of 
the sons of Noah." It ended with verse 32, which is the 
end of the chapter : " These are the famihes of the sons 
of Noah, after their generations, in their nations : and 
of these were the nations divided in the earth after the 
jflood." This sums up the genealogy, and teaches us that 
the division of the nations took place after the flood. 
We must remember that all this is WTitten, not by a 
historian who considers it his duty to record all events 
which took place at a certain time or in a certain country, 
but by an author who has a quite different aim in view. 
He has to show how everything is directed towards the 
choice of Abraham and his posterity as the elect. 

" These three were the sons of Noah : and of these was 
the whole earth overspread " (ix. 19), says the tablet of the 
deluge. " Of these were the nations divided in the earth 
after the flood," (x. 32) are the closing words of the tablet 
which we have just considered. In the following one we 
learn how this division took place. The narrative begins 
with the necessary introduction. The author goes back 
to what happened immediately after the flood. There was a 
time when the whole earth was of one language and of 
one speech. But when men tried to build the Tower of 
Babel, the Lord confounded their languages and scattered 
them abroad upon the face of all the earth. Now in 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 51 

this vast confusion of nations and languages, where could 
be found the chosen ones, those who were set apart ? 
They spring from one of the sons of Shem ; therefore 
the writer reverts to this son of Noah, and to part of his 
descent which he has mentioned before, in another tablet. 
Arpachshad was the ancestor of the elect, and the writer 
enumerates all his descendants as far as Abraham and to 
the death of Terah, Abraham's father. 

If we remember that this is a tablet not linked in writing 
to another as two consecutive chapters of a book ; if we 
take it as a piece of literature standing by itself, we cannot 
but recognize that there is an intimate connexion between 
the two parts which, at first sight, are so dissimilar. 
There is no inconsistency. The genealogy of Terah is the 
necessary sequel to the description of the chaos of man- 
kind. It is the leading thread which will bring us out of 
this confusion to Abraham's family. Therefore I cannot 
understand how it can be attributed to three different 
authors, two of whom would be separated by several 
hundred of years, and one about whom the critics have 
a very indistinct idea. 

I consider that this is the last of the tablets brought from 
Mesopotamia. It is quite possible that the first writer 
gave them a somewhat different form. Moses may have 
modified them in some respects. We find the trace of his 
hand in the passage about the Garden of Eden and the land 
of Egypt. He evidently had these old documents, and 
embodied them in his own tablets in which he recorded 
either events preserved by tradition, like the history of 
Joseph, or those which took place in his time and of which 
he could speak as an eyewitness. 

Abraham 
One of the striking features of Genesis is the complete 



52 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

lack of proportion. Some events are described at great 
length, others are entirely left alone. For instance, except 
a few names, giving us the generations of Shem, there is 
nothing between the dispersion of mankind and Abraham's 
migration to Canaan. We have no account whatever of 
the reason why Terah was called to leave Ur with part of 
his family to settle in Haran, and why he did not go further, 
but remained there until his death. 

We must not consider Genesis as an ordinary book of 
history. History as we understand it now did not exist 
at that time. The idea of recording what had taken place 
in ancient times merely for the sake of preserving the 
recollection of the past did not occur to these old writers. 
When they related what had happened many centuries 
before their time, it was \\ith a definite purpose ; it was to 
illustrate something they had at heart and which had for 
them a special importance. 

What constitutes the admirable unity of Genesis, al- 
though it consists of separate parts not joined together like 
the chapters of a book, and what is utterly disregarded and 
even destroyed by the critics, is that from the beginning 
every narrative is chosen so as to show how Israel is set 
apart from the rest of mankind. The reason of that choice 
is that a special duty will be laid upon Israel, it will have a 
primary task to fulfil : the mission of worshipping Yahveh- 
Elohim, and of having no other God but Him. Every- 
thing tends towards that central idea from the very begin- 
ning. The first tablets which we showed could be traced 
lead us towards what we may call the cornerstone of the 
history of the Israelites. It is remarkable how everything 
which has no bearing on that dominating fact, the setting 
apart of Israel, is passed over rapidly or left entirely out. 

First comes the creation of heaven and earth, then that 
of man and his generations ; those are mentioned with 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 53 

hardly any detail. Noah is set apart and saved from the 
destruction of the men who had been wicked and corrupt* 
The deluge and the preservation of Noah is related at great 
length ; the Lord made a covenant with Noah, and we are 
taught how mankind was renewed from the families of his 
three sons. They are scattered abroad, and are divided 
into three branches, each bearing the name of one of Noah's 
sons and described after their families, after their tongues, 
in their lands, in their nations. In that restored humanity 
one branch only is chosen, that of Shem ; among his 
descendants one family only, that of Arpachsad, and from 
his numerous sons and daughters, those who will be the 
ancestors of Terah, the father of Abram. 

We shall not hear any more either of the posterity of 
Japheth or Ham, nor of the other descendants of Shem, 
They are quite useless for the history of Israel. 

Since this narrative is not written in a book, but on 
tablets, there are what I may call literary irregularities, 
repetitions and other failures against the rules set down by 
masters in the art of writing. These literary faults have 
been the stumbling-block of the critics, and have driven 
them to that mincing process, to that cutting up of Genesis 
into small pieces due to various authors from different 
places and separated sometimes by several centuries. 
This destroys completely the unity of the book, it hides 
this higher conception on which it rests. Minute philolog- 
ical analysis has obscured to the critics the true scope and 
purport of the book. It has deafened their ears to the 
leading note, though that note sounds m it from beginning 
to end. 

" Now the Lord said unto Abram (xii. i) : Get thee out 
of thy country, and from thy kindred, and from thy 
father's house, unto the land that I will show thee, and I 
will make of thee a great nation, and I will bless thee, and 



54 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

make thy name great." As I said before, this seems to 
show clearly that it was a religious reason which drove 
Abraham out of his country. His migiation is connected 
with a blessing, and a blessing generally implies the 
promise of multiplying and of giving birth to a numerous 
posterity. 

Abram is the man with whom the Lord made a special 
covenant. He, above all others, is considered by the 
Israelites as their ancestor. Therefore his life is described 
at great length, as well as the various episodes which show 
how God set him apart and promised him repeatedly that 
he should be the father of a great nation. Not only do we 
find here the outward events of his life, such as the deliver- 
ance of Lot from the hands of the Mesopotamian kings, 
but the writer of the tablets shows us what we may call his 
religious character, his peculiar intercourse with God, 
which is revealed by the sacrifice of Isaac, or by the mar- 
vellous sort of discussion which Abram had with God about 
the destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah. These two 
striking episodes, wherein is brought forward in so vivid a 
way the moral and religious life of Abraham, are attri- 
buted by the critics to two different writers ; what I have 
called the discussion with God to the Jahvist and the 
sacrifice of Isaac to the Elohist who wrote one century 
later in the Northern Kingdom, the Jahvist residing in 
Judea. They must have both painted for themselves 
Abraham's character with very similar colours, since both 
wrote fragments which fitted so weU into the literary 
construction raised by the redactor ! 

Here a question occurs naturally to our minds which I 
shall have other occasions to repeat : Where did these two 
authors get the traditions on which they based their nar- 
rative ? — for we cannot suppose that they are romances of 
their invention. There must have been in each kingdom a 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 55 

tradition very similar, I might even say identical, though 
the writers who recorded them did not live in the same 
country, and wrote at a different time. How could these 
two traditions correspond so weU to each other ? Who were 
those authors ? What was their purpose in writing books 
of which short fragments only have been preserved ? Even 
if we admitted the existence of these two writers it would 
be hardly possible to suppose that they had not at their 
disposal an old document from which they both borrowed 
the facts of their narratives. 

The supposition which seems to me the most reasonable 
is that these recollections of Abraham's life were preserved 
by his descendants, and perhaps partly put in writing, 
until Moses collected and re- wrote them. In the drift of 
the narrative we find many Mosaic touches. Moses shares 
the^same feehngs with Abraham and the same faith. He 
has the same familiar intercourse with God. One may 
well fancy that it is the same man who wrote Abram's 
requests about Sodom and Gomorrah, when he dared not 
plead for less than than six men, and Moses's own prayer 
when on the border of Canaan he besought the Lord, say- 
ing : " Let me go over, I pray thee, and see the good land 
that is beyond Jordan," and received the answer : " Let it 
suffice thee, speak no more unto Me of this matter." 

Genesis not being an historical book, but a number of 
tablets put together, it is not necessary that we should 
always find a strict chronological order. Some parts may 
be a summary of previous events in a man's life. For 
instance, the last chapter, which refers to Abraham, begins 
with these words (xxv) : " And Abraham took another 
wife, and her name was Keturah," and the text goes on to 
give the list of all Abraham's sons whose mother was 
Keturah. This tablet gave Abraham's posterity exclusive 
of Isaac's descendants. We must picture to ourselves 



56 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

Abraham as one of those great nomadic chieftains ; what we 
should now call a sheikh. With those men, polygamy was 
the rule, as it still is. One of their wives was the predom- 
inant one ; she had special rights, and her sons were the 
heirs ; but a powerful and rich man might have slaves and 
concubines, wives of a lower rank, whose children would 
receive gifts, Hke the children of Keturah, while all that 
Abraham had was given to Isaac. 

We must not think therefore that Keturah became 
Abraham's wife only after Sarah's death. She is men- 
tioned at the beginning of the tablet which relates the 
patriarch's end and which gives the list of his posterity. 
We do not know when Abraham took Keturah. Here the 
author of the tablet recalls something in the past, as we 
have already seen several times. It seems to me that the 
true meaning would be better rendered if we translated 
also here : Abraham had taken another wife. 

As for Ishmael, he alone is mentioned with Isaac as 
being Abraham's son. These brothers alone buried their 
father, though there were many others. The explanation 
of this fact lies in the circumstances of Ishmael's birth. 
We see here thatSarai transfers her rights to Hagar : " It 
may be that I shall obtain children by her." Therefore 
she will consider Hagar's children as her own, and when 
once such an utterance had been made to Abraham, and 
probably before Hagar herself, it could not be withdrawn. 
Sarai alone could use such language, since she had the 
privileges of which Abraham could not despoil her, for it 
rested on blood-kinship. Sarai was Abraham's half-sister. 
This kind of marriage is often seen in Egypt, especially in 
the royal family. A king hked to marry his half-sister 
because in that case his son had a right to the throne on 
both sides. Between Isaac and Ishmael there was the 
same difference as between two Egyptian princes, on« of 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 57 

whom is the son of a queen who entitles herself royal wife 
and royal sister and the other of whom has royal blood only 
through his father. In that case the king often confers 
through association with his son the rights which this son 
has not got from his mother's side. Sarai substitutes 
Hagar for herself, and though she repents of it afterwards, 
and obtains from Abraham the dismissal of Hagar, still 
Ishmael comes next to Isaac and above his other brothers. 
Hagar, who twice in her flight took the road to Egypt, 
probably wishing to return to her own country, receives 
the promise that her son will become a great nation. She 
takes for him a wife from her^own people, and Ishmael 
settles in the desert south of Canaan and also in the 
northern part of Arabia. His descendants may have been 
the Shasu, the nomads who, at the time of the Nineteenth 
Dynasty, were the enemies of Seti I and against whom he 
made his first campaign. 

Abraham, Isaac and Abimelech 
There is a narrative which occurs three times in Genesis 
under very similar but not quite identical circumstances. 
This narrative also has been a stumbling-block for the 
critics. The first time that Abram goes to Egypt, 
because there was a famine in Canaan, he says to Sarai his 
wife (xii. 11) : " Behold now, I know that thou art a fair 
woman to look upon, and it shall come to pass, when the 
Egyptians shall see thee, that they shall say. This is his 
wife, and they will kill me, but they will save thee alive. 
Say, I pray thee, thou art my sister : that it may be well 
with me, for thy sake, and that my soul may live because 
of thee." Sarai does as she is commanded to do, and she is 
taken into Pharaoh's house. But Pharaoh and his people 
are stricken by great plagues, and they hasten to send 
Abram away, with plenty of sheep and oxen, and he-asses 



58 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

and menservants and maidservants, and she-asses and 
camels. He was not to remain in the land. 

A second time Abram does the same thing. Many 
years afterwards, when both he and his wife were advanced 
in age, after the destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah (xx.) 
he goes to sojom-n in Gerar. Again he says of his wife : 
"She is my sister," and Abimelech, the King of Gerar, takes 
her. But warned in a dream, he immediately restores 
Sarah to her husband, and when he questions Abraham 
why he has deceived him, he receives this curious answer : 
"It came to pass, when God caused me to wander from my 
father's house, that I said unto her, This is thy kindness 
which thou shalt shew unto me ; at every place whither we 
shall come, say of me, He is my brother." 

The third episode of the same kind is in Isaac's life 
(xxvi). A famine occurs ; Isaac would feel tempted to do 
as his father did, to go to Egypt, where there was corn in 
abundance, but the Lord appears to him, and he is told to 
dwell in the land. He therefore goes to Gerar to Abime- 
lech, who must have been the son of the king who had 
known Abraham. Isaac also likewise says of Rebekah : 
" She is my sister," for he feared to say " my wife." But 
Abimelech discovers that she is Isaac's wife and reproaches 
him for having deceived him. Isaac does not leave Abime- 
lech's country, but he increases so much in wealth and 
power, that Abimelech says unto him : "Go from us, for 
thou art most mightier than we." Thereupon we hear 
of the quarrel between the herdsmen of Gerar and those 
of Isaac because of the wells. 

The critics have attributed the journey of Abram to 
Egypt to the Jahvist, the episode with Abimelech to the 
old Elohist writing about 750, and the narrative of Isaac 
and Abimelech again to the Jahvist with fragments 
belonging to the redactor. Undoubtedly these repetitions 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 59 

are dilficult, and one may well understand the critics being 
tempted to see there the hands of several writers ; especi- 
ally in the case of Abram. If one gives to these stories 
their most obvious interpretation, it seems that Abram 
hopes that the beauty of his wife will save him and prevent 
him from being murdered. This is well in keeping with 
Abram's journey to Egypt, but not at all with his arrival 
in Abimelech's territory. In that case one might well 
suppose that the cuneiform tablets had not been arranged 
in chronological order, and that this had to be placed earlier 
in Abram's life. 

But I believe there is another explanation, agreeing much 
better with the circumstances of these three cases. It 
seems to me to solve the greatest difficulties which stand 
in the way of the critics. 

We see that among the ancient eastern rulers, the 
pledge, we might say the living pledge, of a treaty of peace 
between two nations was a marriage or rather the gift 
of a female relative of one of the kings to the other. 
If we look at the tablets on Tel-el-Amarna, in the letters 
of Dushratta the king of Mitanni to Amenophis III and 
Amenophis IV, father and son, we see the importance which 
the foreign king gives to these marriages with Giluhipa his 
sister and Taduhipa his daughter. 

Dushratta begins one of his letters with these words : " To 
Nimmuria (Amenophis III), king of Egypt, my brother. 
It is well with me, may it be well with you, with Giluhipa 
my sister, may it be well with your house, your wives, 
your sons." He singles out his sister among the wives of 
Amenophis III. He will say the same thing of Taduhipa 
who is his daughter : " May it be well with you, with my 
daughter Taduhipa, your wife whom you love, may it 
be well with your wives, your sons ..." Evidently 
Taduhipa had taken the place of her aunt in the ro3'al 



6o ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

harem. She is said to be the wifeof Amenopliisni, and 
the word wife is the same as that used when he mentions 
others. Curiously when Dushratta writes to Amenophis 
IV he uses exactly the same language as he had done 
towards Amenophis HI, his father, when speaking of his 
daughter : May it be well with you, with your houses, 
your mother Ti and the land of Egypt, my daughter 
Taduhipa your wife, your other wives, your sons ..." 

In one of his letters to Amenophis IV, Dushratta relates 
how Nimmuria's father (Thothmes IV) sent to Artatama 
his grandfather, " and for his daughter made request, my 
grandfather refused. Five or six times he sent, but at no 
time did he give her, and then when forced he gave her." 
When Amenophis III sent to Shutarna, Dushratta's father, 
as king, for his daughter, Dushratta's sister, " he never 
gave her . . . five or six times he sent, and then forced 
he gave her." Nimmuria makes the same request to 
Dushratta. He asks for his daughter. Dushratta first 
refuses and makes some difficulties about the price the 
king of Egypt is to pay. Finally he agrees, and sends 
her with a dowry which was countless. The princess 
was conveyed by a messenger who had to pay the dowry 
of Taduhipa. When Amenophis III saw her he rejoiced 
very greatly and made her beautiful presents. 

As far as one can judge, Amenophis III had not 
Taduhipa long in his harem. Dushratta writes further : 
" When my brother Nimmuria died, . . . whenNaphuria 
(Amenophis IV) the distinguished son of Nimmuria by his 
distinguished wife Ti entered upon his reign, I spoke say- 
ing : Nimmuria is not dead, Naphuria his distinguished son 
by his distinguished wife Ti is in his stead. He will not 
change from its place one word from what it was before." 
This means in the first place that he will take over Tadu- 
hipa, and give her the same position as she had under her 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 6i 

father, and henceforth we see in his letters that he always 
calls Taduhipa the wife of Amenophis IV who had thus 
inherited her from his father. 

These letters show the real character of these marriages. 
The princesses were the living pledges of friendship, a 
kind of hostages which had to be renewed at the beginning 
of a reign. Amenophis III asks first for Shutarna's 
daughter, Giluhipa. After Shutarna's death, when Dush- 
ratta is on the throne, he also asks for Dushratta's 
daughter Taduhipa. Amenophis III dies and Dushratta 
contrives that his daughter should be for the son exactly 
what she had been for the father, his so-called " wife." 
We must notice that in nearly all cases the king of Mitanni 
yields only when he is " forced." This looks very much 
as if his daughter had been taken violently, or as if he 
could not resist the threats of the king of Egypt who 
would have considered him as hostile, as an enemy, 
if he had not given his daughter. 

The correspo.idence of Amenophis III with KalHma- 
Sin, king of Babylonia, turns almost entirely on marriages 
of this kind. Even Buznaburiash, who corresponds with 
Amenophis IV, also speaks of his daughter being sent to 
the king of Egypt. This custom must certainly have been 
very old in Babylonia, and Abraham, who was a native of 
that country, must have known of it. 

This same custom prevailed also amongst kings who were 
not Mesopotamians. When, after long wars in which 
his successes were certainly not so great as he boasts, 
Rameses II at last made peace with the Hittites, the token 
of friendship between the two rulers was a princess, the 
daughter of the king of Kheta who is seen on a tablet 
of the temple of Aboo Simbel coming to Egypt. She is 
accompanied by her father. 
A custom so general among the eastern sovereigns must 



62 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

have been adopted also by the chiefs of tribes. When we 
think of Abram leaving Mesopotamia, we must not imagine 
a single family numbering only a few heads. Abram 
was very hkely a sheikh, the head of a tribe sufficiently 
numerous to provide him with a troop strong enough to 
rescue Lot from the Mesopotamian kings. 

Abram left his country for a religious reason. Probably 
his faith differed from that of his countrymen. He was 
going abroad to lands where he supposed he would find a 
strange worship, and of which he would say : Surely the 
fear of God is not in this place. Therefore, from the first 
he made to Sarai the followdng request. I quote his 
words (Gen. xx. 13) : " And it came to pass, when God 
caused me to wander from my father's house, that I said 
unto her. This is thy kindness which thou shalt show 
unto me ; at every place whither we shall come, say of 
me. He is my brother." This was a request made once for 
all ; he did not say so in view of Egypt only, but for every 
new place to which his wandering life might lead him. 
He expected that there might be several occasions when 
this statement on the part of Sarai would be useful to him. 
and he instructed her accordingly at the moment of his 
departure. 

We shall not consider here the moral side of Abram's 
conduct ; we shall only try to discover the reason which 
induced him to act in this way. 

One can imagine that in a time of famine the king of 
Egypt was afraid of seeing a powerful tribe approaching 
his frontier. He knew that his kingdom had often suffered 
from the nomads of the desert, and he might well doubt 
for what purpose these strangers came to the valley of the 
Nile. Were they hostile invaders, or people who came with 
peaceful intentions ? Were they a tribe with whom an 
alliance might be made and whose friendship might be 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 6 



o 



guaranteed by the marriage of a daughter of the sheikh 
with the king of Egypt ? 

Abram had no daughter from Sarai ; he could not, hke 
the chief of Kheta, send to the king of Egypt a daughter of 
his own family on her mother's as well as her father's side, 
following himself in her train. He therefore says that Sarai 
is his sister. He does not actually offer Sarai to the king of 
Egypt, but he uses this artifice in order to show to the 
Egyptians that he comes to them as a friend, as a man 
ready to seal his friendship by a marriage, to contract an 
alliance with them. Sarai saves his life in that way. 
Otherwise the Egyptians would have considered him and 
his tribe as enemies, and would have killed him ; and if 
they struck the sheikh, the head of the tribe, the tribesmen 
would soon have been scattered or subdued. 

Evidently the Egyptians were rather afraid of Abram's 
power. When they saw that the marriage could not take 
place, and that the friendship of Abram could not be guar- 
anteed, they hastened to send him away, making him all 
sorts of presents, perhaps on condition that he would leave 
the country. The king in the narrative seems rather 
impatient that he should go : "Now therefore behold thy 
wife, take her and go thy way. And Pharaoh gave men 
charge concerning him ; and they brought him on the 
way, and his wife and all that he had." 

Something very similar happened with Abimelech 
(Gen. xx). The king of Gerar took Sarah in good faith, 
evidently in order to be assured of Abraham's friendship. 
Having as his wife the sister of the sheikh, he might feel 
certain that there would be no hostile feeling from his 
tribesmen. In fact when he also discovers that he cannot 
marry Sarah, he contracts a kind of alliance with Abraham, 
makes him presents, and says : " Behold my land is 
before thee, dwell where it pleaseth thee." Afterwards 
the two men make a regular covenant. 



64 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

If we consider Abraham's conduct in that light, and if 
we remember that these two incidents are the results of a 
general instruction given to Sarai by Abram when they 
first departed from ]\Iesopotamia, there is nothing extra- 
ordinary that they should occur twice in Abraham's life 
under similar circumstances. 

The third similar occurrence is in Isaac's life. (ch. xxvi) 
The country again suffers from famine and Isaac goes unto 
Abimelech in Gerar. The critics attribute this narra- 
tive to the Jah\ast, but they strike out the reference to 
Abraham in the first verse of the chapter, the warning not 
to go to Egypt and the repetition of the promises made to 
Abraham. All this is attributed to the redactor. 

This summary way of dealing with the text seems to me 
again to show a lack of understanding of the whole history. 
And the Lord appeared unto him and said : " Sojourn 
in this land." It is quite natural that the Lord should 
explain to Isaac why he is to remain at Gerar. The Lord 
repeats to him all the blessings promised to Abraham, which 
appear here for the first time in the narrative of Isaac's life ; 
they had not yet been uttered to him in such a distinct 
way. The Lord then renews with Isaac the alliance made 
with Abraham, and since Abraham is quoted several times 
and Isaac might feel tempted to do as his father had done, 
there is nothing extraordinary that Isaac should be warned 
not to go to Egypt, but to stay in the fertile land of Gerar. 
Later, his son Jacob will be specially told to go down to 

Egypt- 

The verses struck out by the critics are of primary impor- 
tance ; they are among those to which Moses must have 
given the greatest weight. They constitute Isaac as the 
rightful heir to Abraham ; not the heir merely of his wealth 
and riches, but the heir to the promises — " For unto thee 
and unto thy seed I will give all these lands, and I will 



GENESIS BEFORE THE SOJOURN IN EGYPT 65 

establish the oath which I sware to Abraham thy father." 
This is not said anywhere else to Isaac in so many words. 
There is only an allusion to it a little further on. It is the 
charter given by the Lord to His chosen people. This is 
the part which the critics assume not to belong to the 
original narrative ! 

When Isaac arrived in Abimelech's land, the repetition 
of what had happened before with Abimelech's father must 
again be construed as something different from a mere 
fancy for a woman " fair to look upon." Like his father, 
Isaac stayed in the land, a rich country which the Egyp- 
tians called Zahi, and from whence they drew corn. There 
he became so great, his flocks and herds grew to such an 
extent, that Abimelech asked him to depart, and, being 
afraid on account of a quarrel which arose between the 
men about the wells, asked Isaac to make a covenant with 
him that he would do him no hurt. This covenant was 
made on oath, since no daughter of Isaac's family could 
be given in marriage to Abimelech. 

Except this episode of Isaac with Abimelech, describing 
how the Lord renewed His alliance with Isaac and how 
Isaac made a covenant with Abimelech, we know hardly 
anything of Isaac's life. All the rest refers to his sons and 
explains why Esau the eldest was put aside in favour of the 
youngest. Nothing else in Isaac's life had any bearing on 
his position as heir to the promises. Moses left aside all that 
did not lead him to his aim, which was to show how Israel 
was the chosen people. 

As I said before, there is no reason for attributing these 
three narratives to different writers. Such episodes, when 
they are understood in the right way, could well happen 
several times in a man's life, whenever he changed his 
dwelling-place. 



CHAPTER III 
EGYPT 

IN this chapter I shall not go into the general question 
of the influence exerted over Israel by Egypt. I 
should Uke to show by a few instances that the writer of the 
Pentateuch was a man who knew Egypt thoroughly weU, 
as was the case with Moses. This is often revealed by 
small details indicating a writer who has lived on the 
banks of the Nile, and who sometimes speaks from experi- 
ence. This is especially remarkable in the narrative of 
Joseph's Ufe. Though these events took place long before 
the time of Moses, the tradition concerning them had 
been preserved amongst the Hebrews. The Exodus and 
the journey through the desert, on the other hand, were 
events of which Moses had been an eye-witness and where 
he had often been the leader. 

I shall merely follow the books as we find them in the 
Bible, dwelling on the points most striking in this respect, 
without attempting any systematic classification. 

The " Days " of Creation 

I cannot help thinking that in the first chapter of Gene- 
sis there is decidedly an Egyptian influence ; not at all in 
the sequence of creation — there is nothing similar in the 
Egyptian mythology — 'but in the word day, in the division 
of the period of creation into six " days." Here we must 
remember the difficulty which the ancients had to express 
an abstract idea. They generally had recourse to a meta- 

66 



EGYPT 67 

phor or to something perceived by the senses. Even now, 
though we have philosophical languages expressing the 
most abstruse ideas, we constantly make use of metaphors 
because we have not yet found the adequate expression to 
define with sufficient correctness that which is in our mind. 
When we say, for instance, " the sun rises," or in French, 
" le soleil se leve," we use a metaphor to which we no 
longer pay any attention, because it is too usual. In fact, 
in both languages, we speak of the sun as of a man who 
was lying down, and who gets up and stands, or as in 
German, is going up. 

Supposing it is necessary to express the idea which is 
conveyed to us by the word " period," a certain length of 
time having a beginning and an end, how will primitive 
man, or even a man hke the old Egyptian whose thought 
and language have not yet reached what 1 should call the 
philosophical stage, how will such a man render that idea 
which is so f amiHar to us ? For him the abstract conception 
of a period does not exist. He knows only the measure- 
ments of time connected with his hfe or with natural phe- 
nomena which take place before his eyes. The notion of a 
period, of a space of time independent of something which 
touches his body or his life, is quite strange to him. He 
will understand the day, beginning with sunrise and ending 
with sunset, the month, the interval between two births of 
the moon, the year consisting of so many moons ; the 
Egyptian \vill know the interval between two risings of the 
Nile. Therefore if he wishes to speak of a certain duration 
of time having a definite beginning and end, the most 
obvious metaphor at his disposal will be to call it a day. 
This word here does not apply to the astronomical duration 
of twelve hours opposed to the twelve hours of night ; it 
is only a metaphor. 

This seems to me the meaning of the word day in 



68 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

Egyptian. The chief document of the funerary literature 
has a title translated in various ways : " Three single 
words," Says Le Page Renouf, " perfectly unambiguous 
when taken singly, but by no means easy of explanation." 
In fact Renouf 's translation " coming forth by day " 
hardly conveys any clear idea, especially if we remember 
that day in Egyptian does not mean daylight, but it is 
a date or a measure of time. Therefore I translate : 
" Coming out of the day." 

Several passages in the Book of the Dead teach us that 
a man's life, the period between his birth and his death, is 
called " his day," For instance the deceased says : "I 
am delivered from the quarrels of those who are in their 
day, I shall no more be among them." Or this : " I have 
come forth from the day, and I shine among the gods." 
The king Unas goes out of this day in the true appearance 
of a blessed one (Khu), or he increases his day of life. 
Elsewhere we find mention of a king being in his day, and 
the variants say : "in his time." 

After death the life of an Egyptian is no more a day, no 
more a period with beginning and end ; his existence will 
last with various phases and various episodes ; he will 
take a great number of forms, but his existence in the other 
world will be no more limited in time, he will have gone 
out of the day, 

A similar sense, a period with beginning and end, seems 
to me to have been given to the word " day " in the first 
chapter of Genesis, the chapter of creation. 

We have first to notice that the Hebrew word translated 
" created " does not apply to all that is done during the 
six days : it applies to what might be called the prelim- 
inary work : in the beginning God created the heaven and 
the earth. The earth is described in Hebrew by two 
words translated waste and void. In the LXX it is some- 



EGYPT 69 

what different : aopaTo^;, invisible, and aKaraaK€vacno<i, 
unprepared, unarranged, void in the sense that nothing 
that gives the earth its present appearance could be seen 
at its first creation. 

Afterwards begin the six days, the work of which is 
summed up in the Fourth Commandment by the word 
" made." If we follow the Egyptian metaphor, each day 
is a definite period having a well-marked beginning called 
the morning, and an end called evening. We have no 
idea of the duration of these periods ; many things may 
have happened in each of them, requiring a certain length 
of time. But the important point to notice is that each 
period had a beginning and an end ; it was not of an 
indefinite duration. If we carry the Egyptian metaphor 
still further, we must notice that between the days there 
was night ; between the periods there was a certain length 
of time during which nothing happened, when the creative 
power was inactive. The only day in which there is no 
mention either of morning or evening is the seventh, when 
there was no creation at all. This is called " rest." 

This conception of the six days of creation, six periods 
the length of which is unknown, beginning and ending at 
a definite moment, and separated by intervals, this 
Egyptian metaphor I humbly submit to astronomers and 
geologists and to the masters in natural science. It was A 
the picture before the eyes of Moses, a picture which \ 
perhaps had already been before the eyes of his forefathers I 
in Mesopotamia, of the way in which God had created the 
earth and mankind. This creation is not an insensible 
growth from an original atom or cell. The whole process 
of bringing the world to its present appearance was divided 
into six successive periods of a duration unknown to the 
author of the tablet. Evolution may perhaps be found 
within the space of the days, when the earth brought forth 



70 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

the grass or the Hving creature after its kind. But for 
Moses, evolution is not a principle on which creation in 
general is based ; there are six breaks in each of which 
something quite new appears. This sense given to the 
word " day " seems to me to give us the true description 
of the way of the creation of the world as Moses imagined 
that it had taken place. 

Joseph 

The more one reads the history of Joseph, the more 
clearly it appears that it must have been written by 
some one who loiew Egypt very well, who had been a 
witness of its customs, and who also had intercourse with 
the officials at the court and with the king himself. 
There are few parts of Genesis which show in a more 
striking way the strangeness of the critical theory. 
The whole narrative is remarkably even. There are no 
unnecessary repetitions ; each part follows the other quite 
logically, the general tone is the same. However, we are 
told that we are not to attribute this whole story to a 
single writer, but to four authors, who lived in different 
parts of Palestine and several centuries apart. It is 
impossible to reconstitute the continuous narrative of 
any of them. They are known only by fragments and 
sometimes distinguished only by bits of sentences, or even 
by a single word. 

The writings of two of them, the Elohist and the Jahvist, 
must have been very similar, since they fit into each other 
so remarkably well, though the ^^Titers are separated by 
at least a hundred years, and belonged to two different 
kingdoms. I do not intend here to discuss the evidence 
upon which this extraordinary theory rests. It is chiefly 
philological. Therefore if, as we beheve, the narrative 



EGYPT 71 

was written in Babylonian cuneiform, and in its present 
form is only a translation or an adaptation to a later 
language, this evidence is of very slender value. But, 
apart from this, it seems most extraordinary that a sen- 
tence should be cut up in this way (xl. i) : " And it came 
to pass after these things," are said to belong to the 
Elohist (c. 750 B.C.) ; " that the butler of the king of 
Egypt and his baker offended their lord the king of 
Egypt," to the Jahvist (c. 850 B.C.) ; " and Pharaoh was 
wTOth," to the Elohist again. Or again (xxxix. 20), 
" And Joseph's ma^er took him and put him into the 
prison," Jahvist; "the place where the king's prisoners 
were bound," a document of unknown date. Surely it is 
difficult to imagine a writing put together in that way, and 
producing a narrative the various parts of which are so 
well connected. I say this only in passing, since this 
discussion is outside the pale of this book. 

Syncellus, the chronographer, says that all authors 
agree in stating that Joseph was raised to his high position 
during the reign of Apophis. This king is well known ; 
he is mentioned in several inscriptions ; he was one of the 
last Hyksos kings. Eusebius also says that Joseph 
reigned over Egypt at the time of the Hyksos. We have 
no reason to challenge the correctness of this statement, 
which seems in conformity with the narrative. 

The Hyksos were Mesopotamians who at the end of their 
stay in Egypt had adopted the language, the customs, 
perhaps even part of the worship, of the Egyptians. The 
inscriptions of Apophis show that he had two cartouches 
like the native Pharaohs, and that the second was intro- 
duced by these words, " the son of Ra." The court must 
have become very Egyptian, and some of the higher 
officers were natives. For instance, it is said that Potiphar, 
an officer of Pharaoh, the captain of the guard, was an 



72 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

Egyptian. The mention of this fact indicates that he did 
not belong to the foreign element of the ruler. Otherwise 
it would be needless to say that he was a native. 

According to the theory of the critics, among the four 
different hands which they distinguish in Joseph's history, 
the main part of the work is due to the Elohist and the 
Jahvist, the Jahvist writing in the Southern kingdom 
about 850 B.C. and the Elohist in the Northern about 
750 B.C. Taking what is called the short chronology, that 
of Eduard Meyer, the events must have taken place 600 
years before the Elohist and 700 before the Jahvist. How 
could these authors know of the events of which they are 
speaking ? What records could they have had, unless the 
narrative is indeed mere romance which they invented ? 

If it were an invention, would it not be extraordinary 
that their romances should be so very similar, that, put 
together, they make a continuous writing ? For instance, 
except for a few sentences, the first journey to Egypt of 
the sons of Jacob is said to be the work of the later writer. 
The second journey, with the pathetic speech of Judah, 
belongs to the Jahvist. Yet it presupposes the first, it 
even alludes to it. Now when this narrative of the second 
visit was written, what about the first ? It certainly 
must have been described somehow, and the description 
has entirely disappeared. When Judah says to Jacob 
(xhii. 3), " The man did solemnly protest unto us, saying, 
Ye shall not see my face, except your brother be with 
you," we cannot but suppose that the writer who recorded 
these words must have related on what occasion and how 
Joseph pronounced them, and so it is. We read of the 
arrival of Jacob's sons in Egypt, of their being recognized 
by Joseph, who spake roughly with them, and said : 
" Bring your youngest brother unto me ; so s'hall your 
words be verified, and ye shall not die." This is the neces- 



EGYPT 73 

sary introduction to the narrative of the second visit, 
without which this cannot be understood, and we are told 
that it was written a hundred years later ! How strange 
are these two narratives : the Jahvist has no beginning, 
and the Elohist is a mere introduction followed by no- 
thing ! It is not possible to escape this extraordinary 
description, if it is contended that the narratives are 
inventions of the two writers. 

If they are not romances, these narratives are not 
documents based on historical records coming from Egypt. 
The long period when Egypt was under the dominion of 
the Hyksos was always considered as a time the remem- 
brance of which was detested by the Egyptians. The 
Hyksos are called in a papjnrus " a pestilence," and it is 
obvious that the wish of the native rulers and their 
subjects was to wipe away completely any recollection 
which remained of the foreign invaders. It is not to be 
supposed that any record remained in Egypt of what 
Joseph had been, or even of his name. Why should any- 
thing have been preserved of the favourite minister to a 
sovereign of strange origin against whom the Egyptians 
felt that religious hatred which is the most vivid and 
the most inveterate ? 

Let us fancy one of the two Palestinian authors going 
to Egypt to get some information about Joseph, and about 
the time the Hebrews spent in the country. Where 
would he find it ? Certainly not with the priests, who 
seem to have had no annals and records of that time ; 
since Manetho, the Sebennyte priest who wrote the list 
of kings, and who for that purpose epitomized what I may 
call the state documents, had such very scanty informa- 
tion about the Hyksos dynasties. Evidently there were 
no historical remains of that time. Besides, if there had 
been any, they would have been written in hieroglyphs, 



^4 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

a writing certainly unknown to the inhabitants of Judea. 
Moreover it seems extremely doubtful whether a stranger 
would have been allowed access to books which were in 
the hands of the priests, and for the understanding of 
which he would have required an interpreter. 

History for the mass of the people, for the public, if I 
may say so, was engraved on the walls of the temples. 
The deeds of the kings were recorded in the fine sculptures 
which adorned the great sanctuaries of Amon and other 
gods. This was the way that history was taught to the 
Eg3^ptians, a teaching given chiefly by sight, by what was 
famihar to the eyes, since probably very few could read 
what was engraved on the walls. Its purpose was not to 
give a faithful record of what had taken place, but to extol 
the king, to pour on the sovereign the most lavish praise, 
sometimes quite fanciful and unjustified. For instance, 
on the walls of the temples and on the basements of statues 
we often find long lists of nations or cities which were said 
to have been conquered by the king, and to be his vassals. 
But we frequently know that these nations, far from being 
his subjects, were never even reached by the king who is 
said to have dominion over them. This kind of evidence 
is absolutely unreliable in the case of a king hke Rameses 
II, a vain and boastful ruler, who only wished to dazzle 
posterity by his numerous monuments and the profuseness 
of the sculptures describing his achievements. 

It is certainly not in inscriptions of that character that 
anything might be expected to ^ found about the Israehtes, 
except on the stele of Menephtah, where may be read the 
only mention of the Israelites discovered up to the present 
day. There it is said that they are no more. All we 
know of the Israelites in Egypt as late as the time of Moses 
is the personal history of Joseph and the arrival of his 
family. Of all that happened from after Joseph's death 



EGYPT 75 

until the birth of Moses, Genesis is absolutely silent. We 
do not know anything about it. 

The history of the stay of the Israehtes in Egypt may 
be summed up under two names only : Joseph and Moses. 
Joseph was a very talented minister wlio rose to a very 
exalted position in very extraordinary circumstances. 
His activity may have been very beneficial to the country, 
he may have been very successful in preserving the coun- 
try from famine. By his achievements he may have won 
the confidence of his sovereign, who perhaps rewarded him 
with this Egyptian title : " His eyes in the South, and his 
ears in the North " ; but still, Joseph was a subordinate ; 
his deeds would not be recorded on inscriptions in the 
temples. There everything was supposed to originate 
mth the king, and it is very rare to find the mention of a 
subordinate, except in definite cases. 

If the biography of Joseph had been anywhere, it would 
have been in his tomb, engraved or painted on its walls. 
There is a tomb of the time of Amenophis III of the Eigh- 
teenth Dynasty which is that of an official who had a 
position quite analogous to that occupied by Joseph. We 
see him receiving the tax-gatherers of the whole country 
and assessing the taxation of thirty years under the eyes of 
the king, who is represented as sitting on his thi'one. This 
is the biographical record of a high officer hke Joseph, but 
Joseph certainly had no similar tomb. We know of no 
such monument of the Hyksos time. Joseph was not a 
native. Besides, he had taken " an oath from the children 
of Israel, saying, God wiU surely visit you, and ye shall 
carry up my bones." He was embalmed, as were all the 
people in Egypt, and " put in a coffin in Egypt," but 
certainly no painted and ornamented grave was cut in the 
rock for him ; it would have been an immediate breach 
of the oath to put him in a " house of eternity," as the 



76 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

Egyptians called a tomb. Thus reviewing the historical 
circumstances and the customs of the old Egyptians, we 
come to the conclusion that for a Palestinian wxiter there 
was no information about Joseph to be found in Egypt 
nor to be derived from Egyptian sources. 

The history of Joseph was known by tradition ; but 
it was not a tradition preserved abroad in a foreign country 
and \vritten down many centuries afterwards when the 
conditions in which the Israelites lived were entirely 
changed. If we study the details of it, we shall recognize 
that the tradition bears the colour of the country where 
the events took place, and that it was put down in writing 
in the same country where the author could himself see 
some of the customs he describes, and at a time when 
he could hear some of the names of which he is speak- 
ing. 

Let us take, for instance, Pharaoh's dream : " Behold, he 
stood by the river. And, behold, there came out of the 
river seven kine, well-favoured and f atfleshed ; and they 
fed in the reedgrass " (xli. 2). Why does this take place 
near the river ? And why do the cows come out of it ? 
Because the divine cow, the goddess Hathor, goes down to 
the river : we see her repeatedly in the papyri coming 
out of the mountain, and walking among the reeds, or 
rather, the papyrus reeds, near the river. The beautiful 
cow of Hathor found at Deir-el-bahari has on both sides 
of her shoulders papyrus reeds which spoil the artistic 
effect of the monument ; but they, as weU as her insignia, 
are placed there on purpose to indicate that she is not an 
ordinary cow, but the goddess issuing from among the 
reeds on the banks of the river. Well might she be con- 
sidered as the emblem of fruitfulness and abundance. 

We have another example of the cow being taken not 
only as the emblem but as the cause of abundance. It is 



EGYPT 77 

in one of the chapters of the Book of the Dead, called "To 
give abundance to the deceased in the Lower world." 
We read there the following words : "I know the names 
of the seven cows and their bull, which give bread and 
drink to the deceased." And the deceased asks that this 
may be granted to him. The seven cows and the bull are 
the vignettes which generally accompany this chapter. 

Pharaoh's dream is quite Egyptian in character. We can 
imagine, though that seems strange in some respects, the 
recollection of this dream being preserved in the oral 
tradition of the Israelites : the dream of the seven fat 
cows followed by the seven lean beasts eating up the fat 
ones. These general features may have persisted in the 
memory of the descendants of Jacob : but the detail that 
the scene takes place on the brink of the river, and that 
the seven kine come out of the river and feed in the reed- 
grass, reveals an eye-witness who had seen the cows coming 
out of payrus-reeds, and who knew the idea which the 
Egyptian associated with the cow. The second part of 
the dream is not connected with the river, and is not so 
markedly Egyptian. Nevertheless considering the first 
part, I cannot help thinking that this dream must have 
been written down in Egypt, and not in the northern 
kingdom of Palestine many centuries afterwards. 

When the history of Jospeh was written, the tradition 
was very vivid among the Hebrews ; they knew that they 
owed their arrival in Egypt and their settlement in the 
country to Joseph ; he was the author of their present 
situation. His body had been preserved, embalmed in his 
coffin, so they certainly knew who he was and what had 
been the cause of his marvellous rise. His history had a 
special, I may say even a vital, interest for them, an 
interest which must have waned considerably in a distant 
country like Palestine, whether it be the northern or 



78 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAIMENT 

southern kingdom, when the poUtical conditions of the 
people had changed entirely. Therefore the writer who 
recorded it with minute details must have done so when 
the life of Joseph was still fresh in their memor3^ when the 
Hebrews were still living in the circumstances which were 
the result of Joseph's action. The WTiter must have been 
a man to whom the traditions of his people were par- 
ticularly precious, who was impressed with the idea that 
the Israelites were the chosen people and that all the 
events of their history centred upon this fact. 

The Egyptian names mentioned in the narrative also 
point to an author writing in Egypt, with a full knowledge 
of the Egyptians as well as the Hebrews, such as one might 
expect in the case of Moses. 

We read that Pharaoh rewarded Joseph for his marvel- 
lous interpretation of the dream. He bestowed upon 
him all kinds of favours and gave him the second position 
in the realm. He also called his name Zaphenath-paneah. 
All kinds of interpretations of that name have been pro- 
posed. They generally start from the pedantic principle 
of literal transcription, of seeking in the philological 
rules the exact correspondence of Semitic letters with the 
Egyptian signs. This is quite contrary to what takes 
place in life, and to what we see every day. Supposing 
a Frenchman has to pronounce a German or an English 
name, he will imitate, as well as he can, what he hears. 
There may be in the word letters unknown to him and 
which he cannot pronounce, li in his transcription he 
finds a syllable, the sound of which is familiar to him, 
he will put it in, although its sense is absolutely differ- 
ent from the original. This is what is called popular 
etymology. It is obvious that in writing a name he wiU 
reproduce what he hears and he will not consult philology 
and its code of laws. What we see at the present day 



EGYPT 79 

has always been the same, especially in antiquity, where 
writing was far less used than it is now. 

Let us fancy the king surrounded by his court. Joseph 
has just given his interpretation, and the king wishes to 
raise him to the dignity which his wisdom and his great 
shrewdness deserve. He does it as it is constantly done 
now in the East and the recollection of which remains in 
the French expression : il le nomme. He calls him by 
that name. His new dignity is not conferred upon him 
by a decree in due form registered and signed by a chancel- 
lor, and confirmed later by a diploma. No, for the ruler 
to address him by a new name or title is enough ; it is 
even to-day the regular way of conferring a position ; an 
eastern prince wishing to make a man a sheikh calls him 
sheikh before his officials and his court. 

Common sense indicates that the name by which Joseph 
is called must have some reference to what he has just 
done. This obvious fact, rather than Semitic grammar, 
must lead us to the true interpretation of the name. 
Since Joseph has a position next to the king, he must have 
a name which he alone is to bear, and which must give 
him some prestige in the eyes of the Egyptians. It cannot 
be an ordinary name borne by any man. Hence the name 
is that of an office, of an employment. The second part 
of it, paneah, is the literal transcription of a word meaning 
the school of learning, the sacred college. We know 
from the inscriptions that to that school belonged the 
learned men, the magicians. From there, according to 
one Egyptian story, a magician was sent to exorcise 
a princess in Mesopotamia ; according to the inscrip- 
tion of Canopus, the hieroglyphical writing was called the 
writing of the school of learning, of the sacred college. 
Now we see that the king "sent for all the magicians 
(margin, sacred scribes) of Egypt and all the wise men 



So ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

thereof, and Pharaoh told them his dream ; but there was 
none that could interpret them unto Pharaoh " (xli. 8). 
The whole sacred college was found wanting. And " for- 
asmuch as God had showed Joseph all this, and there was 
none so wise and discreet as he was," Pharaoh put him 
at the head of the sacred college. Zaphenath is only a 
shght alteration, due to a Semitic mouth, of the Egyptian 
which means head of, master of. Zaphenath-paneah 
means therefore the head of the school of learning, of the 
sacred college. This title is found in Egyptian inscrip- 
tions. 

This seems the natural consequences of what hap- 
pened. Joseph had been the only one who could inter- 
pret Pharaoh's dream. All the men who were supposed 
to have that particular gift, whose office it was to interpret 
dreams, had remained silent. Therefore the king puts 
Joseph, to whom God had showed this and in whom 
the Spirit of God was, over and above these magicians, to 
be the first among them and their master. Pharaoh 
does this in their presence and before his court by calling 
Joseph by this name. Such seems the only reasonable 
sense which we can give to the word Zaphenath-paneah. 

Here the same question arises as about the cow. How 
could the Elohist writer living in the northern kingdom in 
the eighth century know this name, the altered form due 
to a Semite of an Egyptian word ? We might understand 
the sense of the word, its explanation giving the nature 
of the title, being preserved by tradition, though it 
would be somewhat extraordinary that this exact title 
should have survived in the memory of the Israelites 
during six or seven hundred years. But a foreign word 
which the Israelites did not understand, having abso- 
lutely no sense for them, how could such persist in their 
memory, since they had no occasion to use that word, 



EGYPT 8 I 

and it was never pronounced to them ? If the Israelites 
of the eighth century had any recollection of Joseph, he 
was for them the hero, who from his position as slave 
had risen to be second to the king, who had saved his 
family from starvation, and who had brought them to 
Egypt. They would remember the leading features 
of his life, in reference to themselves ; but as to the 
matters which were strictly Egyptian, his position towards 
the priests and the magicians, the Egyptian word naming 
his dignity, the remembrance of these would quickly 
disappear as soon as they had left Egypt, and certainly 
would not persist for centuries. 

On the contrary, it is quite natural that Moses should 
know all this. He had been educated at the court of 
Pharaoh ; he was well informed as to the hierarchy both 
clerical and administrative. The body of Joseph had 
been preserved, it was deposited somewhere, lying in its 
coffin. To that body was attached a tradition, perhaps 
even a WTitten record by one of his countrymen, as to 
what his life had been. The Hebrews staying in Egypt 
had heard from their fathers that Joseph had been head 
of the sacred college. They did not translate or explain 
that title. They repeated it as they heard it. • They 
understood what the Egyptian word meant, and when 
they met Joseph's successor in that office, they called 
him by that name, as did the Egyptians, merely altering 
it a httle, so that it might be as similar as possible to 
their own language. In the same way now at Constanti- 
nople any stranger would call the head of the INIoham- 
medan religion the sheikh-el-islam, though that were a 
strange word to him. The Arab word will not be repeated 
exactly alike by a Frenchman, a German, and an English- 
man. Evidently the man who wrote that Pharaoh called 
Joseph's name Zaphenath-paneah was in Egypt, and 

G 



82 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

wTote it for people who were staying in the country. 
The title " Pharaoh " in books like Genesis and Exodus 
interchanges with " King of Egypt " ; these words are 
synonymous. Pharaoh is by far the more frequently 
employed. The first time a Pharaoh is mentioned is 
in the narrative of Abram's visit to Egypt ; there no 
explanation of the word is given, the reader is supposed 
to know that it means the King of Egypt. If now we 
turn to the books written in Palestine, we find that the 
explanation generally follows the word (e.g., i Kings iii. 
i) : " And Solomon made affinity with Pharaoh, King 
of Egypt, and took Pharaoh's daughter." Since the 
explanation is given at the beginning of the narrative of 
Solomon's reign, it was not necessary to repeat it in the 
following chapters (i Kings xi. i8). Hadad and the 
Edomites came to Pharaoh, King of Egypt, and Hadad 
found great favour in the sight of Pharaoh. It is the 
same as with Solomon. Shishak is called only King of 
Egypt (i Kings xxiv. 25), as well as So the King of Egypt, 
to whom Hoshea sent messengers (2 Kings xvii. 4), 
Tirhakah is called King of Ethiopia (2 Kings xix. 9), 
Pharaoh, King of Egypt, is said by Sennacherib to be but 
a bruised reed (2 Kings xviii. 21). In these instances 
when the name of the king was given, the title Pharaoh 
was absent. We find them both in the case of Pharaoh- 
Necoh, King of Egypt (2 Kings xxiii. 29), who destroyed 
Josiah's army at Megiddo, when Josiah himself was 
killed, and of Pharaoh-Hophra, King of Egypt (Jer. xliv. 

30)- 

Evidently to these later writers the word Pharaoh was 
not so famihar as to those living in Egypt. The way 
that this word is used in the speeches of the butler and 
the baker is a feature which helps to give to these speeches 
a thoroughly Egyptian character. They would hardly 



EGYPT 83 

have such a character, if written by a wTiter of the northern 
kingdom at a great distance in time and space from the 
conditions under which these speeches were made. 

1 might also speak of the two names Potiphar and 
Poti-phera. Though the LXX give the same transcrip- 
tion of both, the spelling is different in the Hebrew. The 
final syllable is the name of a different god. Potiphar is an 
Egyptian P hotcp Har, the gift or offering of Horus, and 
Poti-phera P Iiotep Ra, the gift or offering of Ra. Ra 
is the great god of Heliopolis (On), and it is natural that 
his high priest should have a name containing that of 
his god. Hotep Ra, mthout the article p, is met with on 
various occasions as the name of the high priest of On, for 
instance on the beautiful statue found at Medum which is 
supposed to belong to the Third or early Fourth Dynasty 
and where the high priest is seen sitting near his wife. 
Probably this name was assumed when the man entered 
upon his sacerdotal functions. P hotep Har, Fotiphax, 
is formed in the same way ; Horus is the second name of 
Ra the God of Heliopolis, who is called Harmachis- 
Horus on the horizon. 

The LXX make no difference between the two names. 
They must have been the same in the Aramaic document 
from which they were translated ; I suppose the confusion 
comes from the fact that at that time the traditions about 
Heliopolis were disappearing. HeHopolis during the 
Ptolemaic period seems to have been more and more 
neglected, and it decayed rapidly. Strabo gives the 
most pitiful description of that city where, instead of a 
learned college of priests, he found only a few ignorant 
custodians who showed the monument to the strangers. 
His description makes one think of many convents 
or churches in Italy or Spain. Evidently at the time 
of the LXX there was no longer a Hotep Ra as high 



84 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

priest, and the translators gave to both officers a name 
in a form usual at that time, and which would be 
translated Heliodorus. 

There are two more Egyptian touches in the history of 
Joseph. They have been struck out by the critics as 
later additions, but, on the contrary, they are proofs of 
the old date of the narrative. One of them is the following 
(xli. 46) : " And Joseph was thirty years old when he stood 
before Pharaoh, King of Egypt." I believe the word 
" stood " must not be taken here in the ordinary sense. 
It would be a very imperfect summary of the scene already 
related (see p. 79). The great event which took place 
when Joseph was thirty years of age was not his mere 
standing before the king. The word has here a sense 
analogous to that which is said of the tribe of Levi, " to 
stand before the Lord to minister unto Him " (Deut. x. 8). 
It would come to this : Joseph was thirty years old 
when he became a royal servant, minister to the king. 
In consequence of that, as we read in the following verse : 
" Joseph went out of the presence of Pharaoh, and went 
throughout all the land of Egypt." If we had the original 
Babylonian word of the tablet, I presume we should find 
that it translated an Egyptian metaphorical expression 
by which an appointment or a ceremony was indicated. 

I do not think that those thirty 3'ears are to be taken 
literally as referring to Joseph's actual age. His action 
consists in assessing anew the taxation and rents through- 
out the land in view of the time of abundance, followed 
by seven years of distress. These assessments, as we 
know from various inscriptions, were made at the end 
of the period called Sed, when the Sed festival was cele- 
brated. The Sed period lasted originally thirty years. 
Joseph was at the end of the period of thirty years when 
he was entrusted by Pharaoh with these new duties. 



EGYPT 85 

This seems to be the Egyptian explanation of the passage. 
Since the Sed period had expired and had to be renewed, 
Joseph went out at once to lay upon the Egyptians fiscal 
conditions which were unusual. I suppose the thirty 
years of the period have been attributed to Joseph as 
those of his age either by Moses when he wrote the tablet, 
or perhaps by the translators, who put it into Aramaic 
or Hebrew. 

Another number, which, 1 think, has to be interpreted 
in the Egyptian way and must not be taken literally, is in 
this passage (1. 22) : " And Joseph Hved an hundred and 
ten years." It is repeated : " So Joseph died, being an 
hundred and ten years old." Several Egyptian inscrip- 
tions teach us that the extreme limit of old age was for 
them a hundred and ten years. It is the number they 
hope to reach. Various instances of it might be quoted. 
I shall mention only one : Amenophis, the son of Hapi, an 
official of the Eighteenth Dynasty, has left us his statue, 
which differs in character from the great mass of these 
funerary monuments. Instead of being represented as 
young, strong, and healthy, Amenophis is shown as an 
old man, with worn features and a decrepit face, and he 
says : " I have reached eighty years as a great favourite 
of the king, and I shall reach a hundred and ten years." 
Nobody thinks of living beyond that number ; it is the 
necessary end of life. I do not suppose that the Egyptians 
of the time of Moses knew their age much more exactly 
than they do at the present day. A man much advanced 
in years and full of days would naturally be called a man 
of a hundred and ten years. This is evidently what is 
meant in the case of Joseph ; he had reached the last 
limit of old age. As usual, this sentence, which has 
such a distinctly Egyptian character, has been struck 
out by the critics as a late gloss. One does not see for 



86 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

what reason such a gloss should have been inserted, or 
where the author of it would have got that information. 

I shall not dwell longer on Joseph's history. Its Egyp- 
tian character is clear from beginning to end. 1 hope 
the details which I have quoted will have shown that 
the author of that biography could have WTitten only 
in Eg>'pt, ;amongst people who knew Egypt themselves, 
and who had kept, together with Joseph's body, a vivid 
recollection of what he had done, a recollection painted 
with the Egyptian colouring of the life that Joseph had 
led. Putting aside philological arguments which, as 
we have said, have no value for a text which is not in its 
original Ismguage, one cannot understand how such a 
well-connected narrative, in such complete conformity 
with the time and country where it takes place, could be 
attributed to four different authors living at various 
epochs several centuries afterwards and in a distant land. 

Details such as those which I have quoted bring 
out in the best way the original character of the writing. 
Tradition remembers the leading features, the chief facts 
of a life or of an epoch, but it neglects the Uttle touches of 
no importance, and details which it does not understand. 
These minute remains, sometimes a mere sentence of three 
or four words, are faithful witnesses to the antiquity 
of the writing, and are traces of the original hand. 

I have not spoken of the episode of Joseph with Poti- 
phar's wife. It is well known that in a papyrus called 
The Tale of the Two Brothers, there is a scene which is 
greatly similar. Much has been said and written about 
the influence of one document upon the other. I cannot 
agree with these assumptions. The Tale of the Two Bro- 
thers is essentially different from Joseph's history. The 
men in that tale move in a very different sphere. The mar- 
vellous, one of the characteristic features of the Egyptian 



EGYPT 87 

tale, is so completely absent from the narrative of Genesis, 
and so fully present in the other story, that I cannot see 
any connection between them. Besides, the episode 
itself, by its nature, may so easily occur, especially in 
Oriental life, that there is no reason why two tales written 
in two different languages and referring to people belong- 
ing to two different nations, could not both contain a 
very similar occurrence without supposing a common 
origin. 

Genesis ends with the death of Joseph, and, if we 
look back through the whole book, we shall find Ariadne's 
thread running through the whole of it. The separate 
tablets of which it consists are not joined together like 
the chapters of a continuous roll ; nevertheless, they are 
connected by one thought, and one purpose, the fixed 
intention of showing how Israel was set apart as the 
people of God. The book is not the book of the annals 
of Israel, it is not the complete and continuous narrative 
of what happened to the people from the beginning, it 
is the series of documents, if I may so express it, of title- 
deeds, establishing Israel's special character and the 
mission which Israel had to fulfil. Moses is so possessed 
with this idea, he has such a deep sense of his duty as a 
recorder of the events and circumstances through which 
God led His people, that he neglects everything which 
has no direct bearing on the history of his nation. For 
instance, he does not mention the names of the kings of 
Egypt of whom he is speaking, of the Hyksos ruler who 
put Joseph at the head of his land, or of the persecutor, 
or even of the sovereign before whom he had himself to 
appear and from whom he had to wrest leave for the 
departure of the Israelites. 

The history of Egypt, as such, does not concern him. 
Whatever changes have taken place in the land itself. 



88 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE: OLD TESTAMENT 

the wars wliich resulted in the expulsion of the foreigners 
and the re-establishment of the native rulers ; later, the 
rise in the power of Egypt, the mihtary expeditions 
north and south, the conquests of the great kings of 
the Eighteenth Dynasty, especially the conquest of 
Palestine, all these events, which mark the highest point 
ever reached by Egyptian power and Egyptian civiliza- 
tion, leave Moses absolutely indifferent. He merely 
describes the Israelites as prosperous at the end of Joseph's 
life under the protection of the king of the land. He 
will not say anything of their stay in Egypt as long as 
the king does not interfere with their life as shepherds 
and leaves them alone. He does not even mention that 
in Egypt they were safe and quiet, while Canaan, the 
residence of their father Jacob, was the battlefield of 
Thothmes HI and of a confederacy of inhabitants strug- 
gUng against the foreign invaders. Great battles were 
fought, the whole land had to submit, governors were put 
at the head of aU the cities. What would have become 
of the Israelites had they been in Palestine during that 
time, especially if they had become rich like Abraham 
and Isaac ? They would perhaps have had a fate like 
Lot when the kings of Shinar and others conquered the 
country where he was living, and they would have had no 
Abraham to deliver them. The achievements of the 
Egyptian kings are entirely alien to the purpose of Moses, 
who records on his tablets only the events about which he 
had a definite national tradition, or of which he was an 
eyewitness. 



CHAPTER IV 

THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 
The Exodus 

WITH the Book of Exodus the events begin of 
which Moses was a witness. This history and 
legislation was recorded by him on tablets. But, since he 
now speaks of events of his time, events which concerned 
himself or his countrymen, the form of his tablets is some- 
what different. It is not now necessary to put an intro- 
duction, explaining what the circumstances are in which 
the events he is going to describe take place, or in which the 
laws are executed. One tablet only requires this, the first 
with which the Book of Exodus begins. It is necessary 
to state in a few words who the Israelites are, his country- 
men about whom he is going to relate such wonderful 
events. They are all descendants of Jacob, his eleven 
sons and their families amounting to seventy souls, who 
came into Egypt where Joseph, the twelfth, was already. 
They have " increased abundantly and multiplied, and 
waxed exceeding mighty." No further information is 
required, nor any reference to previous writings. 

The narrative begins at once : " Now there arose a 
king over Egypt which knew not Joseph." These few 
words sum up events of the greatest importance which 
had changed entirely the face of Egypt. Under the reign 
of the last king, Apepi, perhaps the successor of Joseph's 
king, war had broken out with the princes of Thebes. One 

89 



90 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

of them, Seqenema, had been killed in battle, as his 
mummy shows ; nevertheless, the native rulers had suc- 
ceeded in driving out the foreign d3masty. King Aahmes, 
the liberator, had even captured the fortress of Avaris, 
which they had built in the Delta, His successors were 
powerful, and under their rule Egypt became a great 
empire ; her armies went as far as Mesopotamia. 

During the reign of this mighty Theban dynasty 
everything connected with the foreign kings was eradi- 
cated. Their dominion is described as a time of desolation 
and ruin. A queen of the Eighteenth Dynasty says 
in poetical language : " I have restored that which 
was ruins, I have raised that which was unfinished since 
the Asiatics were in the midst of Avaris of the Nortliland, 
and the strangers were in the midst of the land, over- 
throwing that which was made while they ruled in 
ignorance of Ra." Evidently no recollection of Joseph 
had been preserved except among the Hebrews. It 
would have been hateful to the Egyptians as belonging 
to a time, the remembrance of which was odious to them. 

We see a trace of that feeling in the words, " which knew 
not Joseph." In Egyptian, " ignore " (khem) has often 
a hostile sense, for instance, in the inscription just quoted. 
This sense must have been expressed by the Babylonian 
word of the tablet. We have here an exact translation 
of an Egyptian word which is again a Mosaic touch, a 
detail not to be expected from a late author writing in 
another country. 

The same feeling comes out even more strongly in 
Ex. i. 12 : " They were grieved because of the children 
of Israel," where the margin reads, " abhorred." The 
result of the hostihty of the new dynasty was the persecu- 
tion inflicted on the Hebrews, as described in the words : 
" And the Egyptians made the children of Israel to serve 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN gi 

with rigour, and they made their hves bitter with hard 
service, in mortar and in brick, and in all matter of service 
in the field, all their service wherein they made them 
serve with rigour . . . therefore they did set over them 
taskmasters to afflict them with their burdens. And 
they built for Pharaoh store-cities, Pithom and Raamses." 
Other passages describe how hard this service was. It is 
said that " they sighed by reason of the bondage, and 
God heard their groaning " (ii. 23). " And the Lord 
said : I have surely seen the affliction of my people which 
are in Egypt, and have heard their cry by reason of their 
taskmasters, for I know their sorrows " (iii. 7). 

Evidently the persecution consisted in a complete 
change in their way of living. The Israelites, when they 
came to Egypt, were shepherds, nomads, possessors of 
flocks of cattle ; as Joseph said to Pharaoh : " The men 
are shepherds, for they have been keepers of cattle, and 
they have brought their flocks and their herds and all 
they have." They ask to be allowed^ to live in the land 
of Goshen, which was particularly suitable for their way 
of living. And Pharaoh says also to Joseph : " If thou 
knowest any able men among them, then make them 
rulers over my cattle." The Hebrews had been 
shepherds for generations, and suddenly were compelled 
to change entirely their way of life. Instead of the easy- 
going life of cattle-drivers, they were to become brick- 
layers, builders, navvies, condemned to a labour unknown 
to them, and which clashed with all their traditions and 
their abiUties. 

In a painting of the time of Thothmes III, we see what 
the Israehtes had to do. A number of men of a Semitic 
type, who are called captives, and who probably come 
from the cities of Palestine which had been conquered by 
the king, are making bricks. Some of them fetch water 



92 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

to wet the clay, others mould the bricks, others carry 
them towards the place where a building is to be raised. 
The overseer, or, as Scripture calls him, the taskmaster, 
is there with his stick in his hand, ready to interfere if 
he sees that the activity of the men is relaxing. 

One can understand that kind of life being very dis- 
tasteful to shepherds. It would be so at the present day 
to Bedouin nomads. They merely look after their sheep 
and goats, they do not know what real work is, there is 
no activity for them except robbery, and, for some war- 
like tribes, fighting. A shepherd would resent having a 
taskmaster who is absolutely necessary to workmen, 
even at present. The overseer with a stick in his hand, 
in the picture of Thothmes HI, is what we call now a 
reis ; he has to see that the men are working, and do 
not sit down and remain idle, as is often done when there 
is no reis. It was nothing exceptional for the Israelites 
that they had taskmasters. It was the custom of the 
country; work was, and is now done in that way. But 
that the taskmasters were particularly hard and exacting 
towards them and embittered still more their new life, 
which was a heavy burden for them, seems certain. The 
Israelites were treated as prisoners of war. We know 
from the Assyrian and Egyptian sculptures what terrible 
sufferings were inflicted upon enemies who had been taken 
alive. There was no pity for them. The Israelites had 
not made war. They were regarded as enemies transported 
from abroad, from a conquered country ; they were used 
as workmen, or rather, as slaves. We can easily imagine 
what slavery was at that time, under such circumstances. 

As for the order given to the midwives to kill the boys, 
we would compare with it customs found now among 
savage nations, where certain children have to be killed, 
for instance, twins among several African tribes. 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 93 

What seems extraordinary is that there should be only 
two midwives for such an enormous population as the 
Jews were at that time. We shall see further on how 
that may be explained. But I believe no value must be 
attributed to the numbers given in the Hebrew text. 
Various explanations have been given of these numbers, 
among which I have to mention particularly that of 
Prof. Flinders Petrie.^ I must say that all these explana- 
tions, even that which I propose myself, seem to be of 
doubtful value. We must remember that our text is not 
original ; it is a transcription, if not a translation, and when 
numbers are represented by letters, it is easy to make an 
error of transliteration which entirely changes the num- 
bers. We shall have to revert to this point later. 
. Certainly the time of the persecution in Egypt was for 
the Israelites a period of great suffering, but we must 
consider this also from the other side, from the Egyptian 
point of view. The king who knew not Joseph says 
to his people (Exod. i. 9) : " Behold, the people of the 
children of Israel are too many and too mighty for us 
(margin). Come, let us deal wisely with them, lest they 
multiply, and it come to pass that when there falleth out 
any war, they also join themselves unto our enemies, 
and fight against us and get them up out of the land. 
Therefore they did set over them taskmasters to afflict 
them. ..." This is the'reason given by the Pharaoh for 
dealing so harshly with the Israelites, and aU we can say 
about his view is that it is quite sensible and true. 

Let us picture to ourselves the state of the country at 
the time when the king spoke these words. I still adhere 
to the view advocated first by Lepsius, and still held by 
most Egyptologists, that the persecutor of the Jews was 

1 Petric's Israel and Egypt, p. 41 and fE. 



94 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

Rameses II, whose very long reign was the beginning of 
decay for the Egyptian empire, and that the king of the 
Exodus was his son Menephtah. We see in Scripture that 
the king before whom Moses had to appear, against whom 
he had to carry out a long struggle which ended in Israel's 
deliverance, was not the same as the one who had compelled 
the Hebrews to build the store-cities. When Moses had been 
obhged to fly from Egypt and to take refuge with Jethro, 
" it came to pass in the course of those many days that 
the king of Egypt died, and the children of Israel sighed 
by reason of the bondage, and they cried, and their cry 
came up to God by reason of their bondage." Evidently 
the fact of the change of king had given the Israelites 
some hope that there might be at least a slight relaxation 
in the oppression with which they were afflicted. 

The reign of Rameses II, the oppressor, is one of the 
longest in Egyptian history. He was a vain and boastful 
character, who wished to dazzle posterity by covering the 
land with constructions whereon his name was engraved 
thousands of times, and who plumed himself in his inscrip- 
tions upon great conquests which he never made. 

The political condition of the country was very different 
from what it had been under his predecessors of the Eight- 
eenth Dynasty. The great kings, such as Thothmes III 
and Amenophis III, had nothing to fear from the Hebrews. 
Probably they were not yet so numerous as they were 
later ; besides, Egypt was not then threatened by her 
immediate neighbours. Palestine had been conquered, 
her cities as far as Zidon were tributary to Pharaoh. He 
was the sovereign to whom the governors had to report. 
In order to ensure the subjection of the native rulers, the 
king had their sons brought to Egypt, and they were sent 
from Egypt to take their father's place when he died. 
Rebellion might arise among them, but they would never 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 95 

be strong enough to march to the frontiers of Egypt and 
endanger the safety of the realm. 

At the end of the Eighteenth Dynasty, Amenophis IV 
made a religious revolution. When I say religious, it 
must not be considered as a change in the belief, or what 
may be called the faith of the people. It was an attack 
against the power of the college of priests at Thebes, and 
an act of hostility against Amon, the god whom they 
were worshipping. In order to break the power of his 
priests, it was necessary to destroy their god and to try 
to eradicate his worship from Egypt. The Tel-el- 
Amama letters have shown us that, in spite of these 
troubles, under Amenophis IV the power of Egypt was 
imbroken in Palestine, and that the Mesopotamian kings 
wished as strongly as before to make alliance with the 
Pharaoh. 

It is probable that the reaction which followed his reign 
was accompanied by inner convulsions, during which 
Palestine regained its independence, and that the domin- 
ion of Egypt over her Eastern neighbour disappeared. 
There must also have been migrations of those nations 
towards the south, for we see that the father of Rameses 
II, Seti I, had to fight the Shasu, the inhabitants of Sinai 
and of the South of Canaan. The inscription speaking 
of this sovereign says that the king goes out to defeat 
the Shasu, " beginning at the fortress of Zar, as far as 
Canaan." The fortress of Zar, the present Kantarah, 
was on the extreme limit of Egypt, on the Pelusiac branch 
of the Nile. This shows that the enemies were as close 
as possible to the kingdom, since they were separated 
from it only by a branch of the river. Seti, in spite of 
his successes, did not go farther than the coast of the 
Phihstines, and the Kadesh which he is said to have taken 
was that in the South of Palestine. 



96 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

The expeditions of Rameses II against the Khetas (the 
Hittites) were certainly successful. Following the coast 
of the Mediterranean, he went as far as the Nahr-el-Kelb, 
but his wars seem to have had more the character of raids ; 
his conquests were ephemeral, they did not lead to a 
permanent possession of the coasts, as did those of Thoth- 
mes III. In his treaty of peace with the Khetas, the two 
enemies treat on equal terms ; it is even likely that the 
conditions of peace were drawn up by the Khetas. AU 
this shows that there were enemies of the Egyptians in 
the immediate neighbourhood sufficiently strong to be 
able to invade some day the Valley of the Nile. The 
danger which Pharaoh took as a pretext for keeping down 
the Israelites was not at all imaginary, especially^ since, 
the enemies being Semites like the inhabitants of Sinai, 
the IsraeUtes would have been tempted to side with 
invaders who were of the same race as themselves, 
and also as the memory of the rulers who had welcomed 
the ancestors of the Israehtes, Joseph and Jacob, and 
had settled them in the good land where they had pros- 
pered, was detested by the Egyptians. 

" And they built for Pharaoh store-cities, Pithom and 
Raamses . ' ' This also seems good policy on the part of the 
king. The land of Goshen, which extended as far as the 
Red Sea, the present Wady Tumilat, was the key of the 
country. There ended several desert roads, by which 
trade, caravans, travellers, and also military expeditions 
might enter the country. The Wady Tumilat led them 
to the very heart of the kingdom. The first city reached 
was Bubastis, from which two or tliree days' march 
brought them to Heliopolis and Memphis. These large 
towns were at the head of the Delta, and the enemy 
who occupied them cut the country in two. 

In order to protect his kingdom against possible inva- 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 97 

sions on that side, Rameses compelled the Israelites to 
build two cities which were at the same time fortresses : 
Pithom and Raamses. Pithom, the city of the god Tum, 
was at a short distance from the present Ismailiah, at a 
site called Tel-el-Maskhuta, " the mount of the statue." 
This place can be identified from the numerous inscriptions 
found in the excavations on the spot, ranging from the 
time of Rameses II to the Roman Empire. Latin 
inscriptions proved the correctness of the guess of the 
French geographer, d'Anville, that the Greek name of the 
city was Heroopolis, or Ero, which we know from Strabo to 
have been at the head of the Heroopolitan gulf. It shows 
that the Red Sea, even in Roman time, extended much 
further north, and included what are now called the 
Bitter Lakes and Lake Timsah, through which the Suez 
Canal is running. The identity of Pithom and Heroopolis 
was proved also by a passage in Genesis (xlvi. 28). It 
is said that Jacob " sent Judah before him unto Joseph to 
shew the way before him unto Goshen, and Joseph made 
ready his chariot and went to meet Israel his father to 
Goshen." Here the LXX are more precise. They read : 
" He sent Judah before him to Joseph, to meet him at 
Heroopolis unto the land of Rameses, and Joseph 
having made ready his chariot, went to meet his father at 
Heroopolis." Heroopolis is a Greek name, therefore the 
Coptic version reads in the first sentence : to meet him " at 
Pithom, the city in the land of Rameses, "and in the second, 
" at Pithom the city." 

The site of Pithom was the first discovered. I had then 
suggested that Raamses might be the mound called Tel 
Rotib, a few miles west of Pithom. My excavations had 
not then given results of any importance. What Prof. 
Flinders Petrie has found in this mound shows conclusively 
that it was the City of Raamses. Wc know now the site 



98 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

of the two cities built by the Israehtes : they guarded the 
southern road from Palestine, and were a very effective 
protection for Egypt. Therefore we cannot wonder that 
Pharaoh emplo3'ed the numerous population settled in 
the valley to raise this useful defence. At the same time, 
it is natural that the Hebrews should resent strongly a 
treatment which no doubt was applied to them with the 
usual harshness of Eastern nations, and which was par- 
ticularly oppressive since its purpose was to prevent them 
from increasing in number so as to become a danger for 
the State. 

The details of the narrative certainly reveal an eye- 
witness of the events described. For instance, the fear of 
Pharaoh is expressed in this way : " lest they multiply, 
and it come to pass that when there falleth out any war, 
they also join themselves unto our enemies, and fight 
against us." This shows that there was imminent danger 
of the kingdom being invaded from abroad. In fact, 
in the beginning of the reign of Menephtah, the king of the 
Exodus, we see that a great invasion of African and 
Mediterranean nations entered the Delta and reached the 
neighbourhood of Memphis. That there had been danger 
also from the side of Palestine is proved by the great 
laudatory tablet of Menephtah discovered by Prof. 
Flinders Petrie, in which we find the only mention of 
the Israelites in an Egyptian text. It says that there is 
nothing to fear from the Canaanite cities, because they 
are " prisoners of all kinds of evil5," meaning that they 
are entangled in internecine war. Israel does not exist 
any more, and Kheta is at peace. Thus Israel is quoted 
among the nations which the king had had to dread, and 
this justifies what is said of Pharaoh. Would, as the 
critics maintain, an inhabitant of Judea, writing many 
centuries afterwards, be so well informed about the 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 99 

state of the country, and relate such details harmonizing 
so well with the circumstances in which the Hebrews and 
their oppressors stood when the events occurred which 
preceded the Exodus ? 

How could this writer know the motives which induced 
Pharaoh to persecute the Israelites ? These motives are 
given as words spoken by the kmg, and this is m accordance 
with the minds of these ancient peoples. A thought 
does not exist for them independently of its outward 
expression in speech ; it must be spoken, In many cases, 
when translating these old texts into modern language, 
we should say, " he thought," instead of, " he said." 
The word " say " often expresses only an activity of the 
mind, a thought, a wish, or another mental action. No 
doubt the writer of later times knew of the captivity and 
persecution. This tradition has lasted through the whole 
history of the Jews, down to the present day. But since 
the persecution arose from a political cause due to the 
circumstances of the time, it is difficult to imagine how a 
late writer could have known it, while for Moses, who 
lived in the midst of those circumstances, it was perfectly 
clear, and he described exactly what he saw or heard. 

Another detail, thoroughly Egyptian, which reveals an 
author who wrote in Egypt, is found in Exodus i. 15 : 
" And the King of Egypt spoke to the Hebrews' midwives, 
of which the name was Shiphrah and the name of the 
other Puah, and he said : When ye do the office of mid- 
wife to the Hebrew women, and see them upon the birth- 
stool. ..." This is exactly what v/e see in two famous 
sculptures, one of the birth of the Queen Hatshepsu, and 
another of the birth of King Amenophis HI. In both 
cases the mother is sitting upon a stool and there are two 
goddesses acting as midwives near her. In the case of 
Mutemua, the mother of Amenophis III, each of the god- 



100 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

desses holds one of the hands of the mother. It is not 
likely that all the Hebrew women had two midwives, like 
the Egyptian princesses. But here Pharaoh speaks 
about what he knows and is accustomed to, and it is 
impossible not to be struck by the thoroughly Egyptian 
character of the narrative, which cannot be due to a 
Palestinian writer, whatever be his date. 

It is not so easy to discriminate the various tablets 
of which this narrative consists, as it was in Genesis. 
However, there is one easily discernible ; it goes from 
chapter vi. 2 to vii. 7. It is the renewal of the Covenant of 
the Lord with the Israelites and with the gathering of the 
elders to whom Moses was sent. That is the reason why 
the heads of their fathers' houses are here enumerated, 
and, since at first they had not listened to Moses and 
Aaron, a charge is given them " unto the children of 
Israel, and unto Pharaoh, king of Egypt, to bring the 
children of Israel out of the land of Egypt." The tablet 
ends with saying that when Moses started for his mission 
he was fourscore years old, and Aaron fourscore and 
three. 

I shall not dwell on the ten plagues, which, in a weaker 
degree, can many of them be found in Egypt at the present 
day. I must say only from experience that the fourth 
plague, translated " lice," seems to correspond better, as 
the margin says, to the sandflies, certainly, as travellers 
know, one of the most tormenting insects in Egypt. 

Now we come to the Exodus proper, the marching of 
the people out of Egypt. It is said that the Israelites 
numbered about six hundred thousand on foot that were 
men, besides children (xii. 37). As I said before, we 
cannot in the least trust the numbers given in the 
narrative. This census is difficult to understand. Why 
should the men and the children only be mentioned, and 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN lOi 

the women entirely omitted ? If it were so, that would 
suppose a population of at least two million people, per- 
haps even more. It would be a great part of the popula- 
tion of the whole country. Two miUion people could not 
inhabit the Wady Tumilat ; they could not be gathered 
together at one spot, their camp would have covered a 
wide area, and they would have required an enormous 
quantity of food and water. 

I do not feel competent to enter upon a discussion with 
the Hebrew scholars upon this passage. I only suggest 
a translation tentatively, the more so since there may 
have been an error in the transcription from the cuneiform 
or the Aramaic text. In this expression, " six hundred 
thousand on foot that were men," could the words, " on 
foot that were men," mean the strong ones, those who 
could stand on their feet and walk and did not require any 
help ? Only infants who could not walk and had to be 
carried, :the parvuli of the Vulgate, would then be excluded. 
There would not be a great number of them. This would 
make, all told, only a few thousand above the six hundred 
thousand. That would certainly be a large and powerful 
tribe, nevertheless, it would be far more manageable than 
a population of several millions, and there would be 
no impossibility of applying to it what is related in the 
narrative. This is an explanation based on the Hebrew 
text as we have it ; but as this is not the original, it is 
quite possible that the transcription may be incorrect. 

The excavations at Pithom have thrown a great deal 
of light over the direction of the route of the Exodus, and 
upon its stations. The identification of the site of Heroo- 
pohs which, according to Strabo, Pliny and the geographer 
Ptolemy, was situated at the head of the Arabian Gulf, has 
shown that the sea was very near to the country inhabited 
by the Israelites, and that it was not necessary to make 



102 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

long marches to reach it. Geologists hke Du Bois Ayme, 
Linant Bey, Prof. Hull, and Sir William Dawson had 
clearly proved from natural science that the Red Sea 
extended in former times further north than it does 
now, but here we have a proof from Roman inscriptions 
that it was so in Roman times. 

" The children of Israel journeyed from Rameses to 
Succoth." Here we must take Rameses as meaning the 
land of Rameses. In Genesis it seems synonymous with 
Goshen, the centre of which must have been east of 
Bubastis. From there they marched to Succoth. This 
name, meaning " tents," is what we call a popular etymo- 
logy, a transcription from the sound, in which the original 
form of the name is sufficiently altered to have a sense in 
the language of the foreign people who have to pronounce 
it ; but this sense has nothing do to with the primitive 
meaning of the word. This is the way in which tran- 
scriptions are made at the present day ; they are not 
according to the rules of philology. Succoth is the 
Hebrew form of Thuket, or Thukot, the region where 
Pithom was built. The name Thukot has in Egyptian 
a sign indicating that it has a foreign origin ; it is not 
Egyptian. I believe it is African : it appears in several 
Hamitic languages of North Africa, where it means a 
pasture. The region round Pithom was certainly a pasture 
land, for we find in a papyrus that Eastern nomads ask 
to be allowed to enter the country, so that they might 
graze their cattle in the pastures of Pithom in Succoth. 

In that part of the journey of the Israelites, water was 
abundant, since they followed the fresh-water canal going 
from Bubastis to the Red Sea. Leaving Succoth, they 
skirted the Arabian Gulf and reached the desert of Etham. 
From there, they could go straight across the desert, 
towards the southern part of Palestine, towards Beer- 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 103 

sheba. It was the road which Jacob had taken when he 
came with his family to settle in Egypt. Caravans followed 
it as late as the nineteenth century. The way " of the 
land of the Philistines " along the coast of the Mediterra- 
nean would have been nearer, but the Israelites would have 
had to pass fortresses like Zar, which certainly would have 
been great obstacles and would have occasioned fighting. 

Arriving at the edge of the wilderness of Etham, the 
Israelites could consider themselves well out of Egypt : 
they had only to look forward to the happy day when, 
having crossed the desert, they would reach the land 
of the promise. But they would be in great danger, in 
case the King of Egypt wished to pursue them. His 
chariots would soon have overtaken this multitude, which 
could not march very fast, and his host would have made 
a slaughter of these fugitives, who had no way of escape. 
This seems to be the reason why they received a command 
which they must have considered as very extraordinary 
and of a nature to shake their confidence in their leader. 
They were not to change the direction of their march, 
to incline it more north or more south : they were actually 
ordered to retrace their steps (Exodus xiv. i) : " And 
the Lord spoke with Moses, saying, Speak unto the 
children of Israel, that they turn back and encamp before 
Pi-hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before Baal- 
zephon : over against it shall ye encamp by the sea. 
And Pharaoh will say of the children of Israel, They are 
entangled in the land, the wilderness hath shut them in." 

This order, at first sight, is certainly most startling. 
Instead of marching straight on, on a road which was quite 
open, they are told to turn back and to march south 
towards a definite spot, where they will have the sea in 
front of them, an insuperable obstacle between their 
camp and the desert. It looked as if they were told to 



104 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

walk into a trap. That is the way in which Pharaoh 
interprets their march. The Israehtes are entangled in 
the country, they wander in it at random, they cannot 
leave it because the wilderness hath shut them in. They 
went as far as its edge, but then, he thought, they were 
afraid of its dangers, and dared not face the hardships and 
difficulties for such a large tribe of a journey through the 
desert. " What is this we have done, that we have let 
Israel go from serving us ? " Pharaoh made ready his 
horses and chariots to pursue them, and they came upon 
them at the spot where the Israelites had been ordered 
to camp. 

Although the narrative of Scripture is very concise, 
and there are no unnecessary details, it tallies so well with 
the circumstances, especially with the local conditions, 
that it is impossible not to attribute it to an eyewitness. 
Supposing with the critics, that this chapter is a compound 
of two documents, the Jahvist and the Priestly Code, 
written by two authors living at four hundred years' 
interval, since according to this theory the idea that they 
copied an old document is excluded, they must have both 
followed an oral tradition. 

It is well known that tradition recollects the main 
lines of an event : in this case, the fact that the Israelites 
had been pursued by the Egyptians and that they had 
been saved by the miraculous crossing of the Red Sea. But 
it is most improbable, not to say impossible, that tradition 
should have remembered the details of the first three 
marches, the sudden change, when the Israelites reached 
the hmit of the desert in the direction followed, and this 
zigzagging in the land, suggesting to Pharaoh the idea of 
pursuing them in order to bring them back to Egypt. 
Surely these are not the features of a tradition which had 
lasted five or nine hundred years. They are characteristic 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 105 

of the written testimony of a man who has been a witness 
of these events, and who has taken part in them. 

This fact is still more striking when we consider what 
is said of the place where the Israelites are to camp. The 
two verses describing that place are attributed to the 
Priestly Code, the la er of the two documents which are 
said to be mingled in the chapter. The Priestly Code is 
said to have been written by Ezra, according to some of 
the critics, or by an anonymous author of the fifth century 
according to others. Both authors are said to have come 
from Mesopotamia, where Aramaic was the book language, 
and at a time when Persian influence was strongly felt in 
Palestine. Could a Jew hke Ezra, not living in Egypt, a 
scribe in the service of the Persian king, have known about 
nine centuries afterwards the exact spot where the passage 
of the Red Sea had taken place ? 

It is indicated here in the most precise way : the land- 
marks of it are given. It cannot be a vast region, since 
it is a camp. This contrasts entirely with the geographical 
data given later. They are so vague as regards the 
journey in the desert, that the way the Israelites followed 
is very uncertain and has given rise to most divergent 
theories as to their stations and marches during the forty 
years in the wilderness. Here, on the contrary, the order 
is given with a marvellous precision : " Speak unto the 
children of Israel, that they turn back, and encamp before 
Pi-hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before Baal- 
zephon : over against it shall ye encamp by the sea." A 
staff officer would hardly speak differently, and it is 
obvious that an order of this kind has been written down, 
either by the man who gave it, or the one who received 
it. Here it cannot have been written by any other than 
Moses, who had to execute it. It is not a tradition which 
would have lasted as such through centuries. 



io6 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

Pi-hahiroth is the Egyptian name of Pi-kerchet, or 
Pi-kcJier&t as it was pronounced by the Hebrews. By the 
great inscription known as the stele of Pithom, we are 
informed that it was a sanctuary of Osiris at a short 
distance from Pithom : it was the Serapeum mentioned 
by the Itinerary of Antonine as being eighteen miles 
distant from Ero, Heroopolis. I believe this Serapeum, 
Pi-hahiroth, to be the large Roman settlement which is 
at the foot of the Djebel Mariam, south of Lake Timsah. 
That is the northern landmark. 

The southern one is Migdol, a name meaning in Hebrew 
a tower. It is transcribed in the hieroglyphic texts. We 
have information about this Migdol in several papjTi of 
the British Museum. In one of them a scribe who is 
going after two fugitives relates that first he arrived at the 
enclosure of Succoth, evidently a wall protecting the 
region against the invasions of the nomads. There he 
was informed that the fugitives had crossed the water 
north of Migdol of King Seti I. Another papyrus speaks 
of a stronghold in the southern part of Succoth. Migdol 
was a watch-tower which, from the aspect of the country, 
I should place on the height called by the French the 
Serapeum, and where, until thirty years ago, there was a 
trilingual tablet, Egyptian and cuneiform, dedicated by 
Darius. The watch-tower was necessary since, as we shall 
see, owing to a phenomenon which took place occasionally, 
the nomads found the sea open and could easily wade 
through in order to pillage the royal domains on the other 
side. The pasture land near Pithom was royal property, 
as we know also from a papyrus where it is called the 
great estate, or the farm with live stock. Therefore the 
LXX instead of " before Pi-hahiroth," read " before the 
farm." 

" Over against Baal-zephon." l\Iost commentators 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 107 

agree that this was not a city, nor even a village, but a 
place of worship of a Semitic divinity, in the form and with 
the name of Baal. It was, as the Targum explains it, 
the sanctuary of an idol, the form of which is not known. 
It may have been a mere stone. The name, Baal-zapuna 
in its Egyptain garb, is mentioned in a papyrus which also 
shows that it was outside Egypt, on the other side of the 
sea. We may consider that it was a holy place, like the 
tombs of sheikhs, which are generally built on hills, and 
where people congregate on certain days. Even now there 
is a place of that kind in that region. Going out of Lake 
Timsah, there is a hill called Tussum, where a sheikh called 
Ennedek was buried. Every year, about the 14th of 
July, the place is visited by a great concourse of people 
to celebrate a religious festival. There is, very likely, an 
old tradition connected with the place, which may not be 
exactly the spot where the sheikh was buried. It has per- 
sisted through thousands of years. It is well known how 
places of worship keep their sacred character through 
ages, in spite of changes of religion. It may be that the 
sheikh was buried there because the place was held sacred, 
though Mohammed had dethroned Baal. 

We have now the landmarks of the camping ground of 
the Israelites. On the north Pi-hahiroth, Pikcrehet, not 
far from Pithom, at the foot of the present Djebel Mariam ; 
on the south-east Migdol, the mound near the present 
station of the canal now called the Serapeum ; in front of 
them the sea, and opposite, on the Asiatic side, a hill 
where was the sanctuary of Baal-zephon. 

It may be asked why this spot was chosen and pointed 
out to Moses with such accuracy. The reason seems to be 
that at that spot a phenomenon occurred which was the 
means of escape of the Israelites. The sea receded under 
the influence of the wind. " And Moses stretched out his 



io8 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

hand over the sea, and the Lord caused the sea to go back 
by a strong east wind all the night, and made the sea dry 
land and the waters were divided. And the children of 
Israel went into the midst of the sea upon the dry ground, 
and the waters were a wall unto them on their right hand, 
and on their left " (Ex. xiv. 21). It has often been noticed 
by travellers in Egypt that when a strong wind blows 
from a certain direction, the sea recedes, sometimes for a 
great distance, and comes back again to its former bed 
when the wind ceases or changes its direction. This 
phenomenon is not rare in Lake Menzaleh, which com- 
municates with the sea, in Lake Bourlos, and in other parts 
of Egypt. There is nothing extraordinary in its taking 
place in the part of the sea between the Timsah and the 
Bitter Lakes ; moreover the slow rising of the ground, 
which in later times cut off Lake Timsah from the Bitter 
Lakes, was already being felt ; the sea must have been 
very shallow and probably not ver}'' wide. One may 
even suppose that it had been known before that this 
phenomenon occurred at that particular spot, and it may 
have been this reason which compelled the Egyptians to 
build there a stronghold, a tower to watch the temporary 
opening. 

The description given of the phenomenon, especially 
when it is said that the water was a wall unto them, indi- 
cates that there was a stream, a current which could only 
be produced by the tide. For the effect of the water 
rising like a wall is a characteristic of this natural accident 
when it occurs in a river. There arc well authenticated 
reports of the opening of the Rhone at Geneva under the 
influence of a very strong wind. It is distinctly said that 
the people could walk from one bank to the other, and 
that the water looked like a wall. In the case of the 
Hebrews, the way under their feet must have been sandy 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 109 

ground, and while they could easily wade through, it was 
very bad soil for the chariots, the wheels sank into the 
sand, "so that they drave them heavily." Not only 
could they not overtake the Israelites, but they gave 
up the pursuit, and, the wind ceasing, suddenly " the sea 
returned to its strength, and the waters returned and 
covered the chariots, the horsemen, even all the host of 
Pharaoh that went in after them into the sea." 

We see now the reason why the Israelites had to change 
their itinerary. Had they remained on the northern 
route, which they had chosen at first, and which was quite 
open, they would have had nothing to shelter them from 
the pursuit of the Egyptians. After having crossed the 
Red Sea they were safe. Even if Pharaoh had not 
suffered this disaster, the loss of his vanguard of chariots, 
the sea now separated the Israelites from the Egyptians. 

There again the trace of the eyewitness appears every- 
where. He had seen the events he relates. He had lifted 
up his eyes, " and behold, the Egyptians were marching." 
He had heard the Israelites reproaching bitterly their lead- 
ers : " Because there were no graves in Egypt, hast thou 
taken us away to die in the wilderness ; wherefore hast 
thou thus dealt with us ? " These are not inventions of 
an author writing several centuries afterwards. In his terse 
language Moses describes the anguish and the dismay of 
the people who nearly rebelled against him ; and what 
allowed him to stand perfectly calm in this storm of anger 
and terror was his absolute confidence in his Lord. " Fear 
ye not, stand still, and see the salvation of the Lord . . . 
The Lord shall fight for you, and ye shall hold your 
peace." This confidence is rewarded by the answer : 
" Wherefore criest thou unto Me ? Speak unto the 
children of Israel that they go forward." Judging this 
narrative from the purely literary side, it bears the char- 



no ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

acter of a scene which has been hved through ; and this 
is quite in keeping with the remarkable accuracy of the 
geographical data whereby is revealed an author who 
knew perfectly the place of which he was speaking. 

This route has been suggested before upon other grounds 
by Linant Bey, a French engineer, who based it chiefly on 
geology, and by the Norwegian Egyptologist, Lieblein. 
It differs only slightly from that suggested by another 
geologist. Sir WiUiam Dawson, who placed the passage 
ten miles further south. The new proof of its correct- 
ness rests entirely on information derived from the 
excavations at Pithom and on the important inscriptions 
discovered in the old city. They established that the Red 
Sea extended much further north even in Roman time, a 
fact which has been recognized by geologists, but attributed 
to prehistoric times. This fact is the key of the whole 
question. Now only can we see that the description of 
the Exodus is in complete conformity with the geographi- 
cal conditions of the country, and that there is no impossi- 
bility of any kind in the description of the journey. 

From Rameses to Succoth is not a long march, and 
doubtless the joy of being free gave the IsraeHtes 
additional strength, as would also the wish to be as soon 
as possible out of the reach of their oppressors. One may 
suppose that this first march had the character of a forced 
march : they went as far as possible in the pasture region 
of Succoth. From there to the edge of the desert of 
Etham, which must have been near the site of the city of 
Ismailiah, they did not march more than six or seven 
miles, and when they turned back and had to skirt the 
present Lake Timsah, it was not a long day's journey. 
There was no extraordinary difficulty in their movements 
as they are described in Exodus. 

It is certainly different with the old explanation — that 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN iii 

they passed the Red Sea in the vicinity of the present 
city of Suez. This route supposed long marches quite 
out of question for a large tribe of people going on foot, 
such indeed as would be achieved with difficulty by a 
caravan of camels. Besides, they would have found on 
their track a serious obstacle : they would have had to 
pass over the ridge of Djebel Geneffeh, a considerable 
height difficult of access. In travelling by rail from 
Ismailiah to Suez, before reaching the Bitter Lakes, the 
way seems entirely closed by the Djebel Geneffeh and its 
highest summit. Jos'ephus twice alludes to the fact that 
the Israelites had before them steep mountains projecting 
into the sea, and that they were shut up between the sea 
and the mountains. Their way seemed entirely barred, 
and this explains their despair, as described in Scripture 
and by Josephus. 

Lastly, upon the assumption that they passed as far 
south as Suez, the command they received is absolutely 
inexplicable and senseless. They are marching through the 
desert as fast as they can ; how can they be told to turn 
back, and to where ? What result would it have had for 
them ? Instead of bringing them near the spot where they 
are to cross the sea, turning back would only divert them 
from that spot and expose them as a prey to Pharaoh's 
pursuit. If the geographical conditions of the country 
were those which this explanation implies, one can very 
well understand how the impossibilities contained on this 
hypothesis in the narrative, the complete discrepancy 
with the local circumstances, have led the critics to consider 
it as a late composition due to a man who had an approxi- 
mate idea of the great lines of the tradition, but who was 
absolutely ignorant of what the country was, and who had 
never been there. 

Certainly the narrative of the Exodus, and the passage 



112 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

of the Red Sea, are episodes which bear in the strongest 
way the Mosaic character, the mark of the eyewitness. 
This comes out particularly in the greographical indica- 
tions. The place itself, even in its present appearance, 
is remarkably well fitted for what took place there several 
thousand years ago. I have no doubt that whoever looks 
at it from the hill of the Serapeum, the site where, in my 
opinion, stood the watch-tower of Migdol, having the 
Djebel Geneffeh at his back, will easily picture to himself 
in the plain at his feet the multitude of the Israelites seeing 
in the distance the dust of the chariots of the pursuers, and, 
half mad with terror, looking anxiously at the sea, which, 
far from being a barrier, was to be their way of escape. 

An argument against the historical value of the nar- 
rative has been drawn from the fact that not only does 
the tomb of Menephtah exist at Thebes, but that his body 
has been found mummified. This argument can only be 
adduced from a very inattentive reading of the events. 
Nowhere is it said that the king himself died in the sea. 
Only his chariots and horsemen are spoken of — evidently a 
quick vanguard sent to run after the Israelites, as would 
be done now by a regiment of cavalry. This vanguard 
was probably under the command of one of the princes ; 
the head of the chariots was generally the king's son. 
We have several examples of this, especially in the reign of 
Rameses. 

The song is probably not exactly what was sung by the 
Israelites after their deliverance. I suppose that the 
canticle they struck up immediately, when they saw the 
destruction of Pharaoh's army and that they were safe on 
the land, consisted of the first two verses, the burden by 
which Miriam accompanied the dances of the women and 
marked the rhythm, using at the same time a timbrel. 
This would be exactly what is done still in Egypt, when 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 113 

instead of by musical instruments a dance is accompanied 
by a song, always the same and repeated over and over 
again. Here, what inspired the dance of the triumphant 
daughters of Israel would be the words : 



Sing ye to the Lord, for He hath triumphed gloriously 
The horse and his rider hath He thrown into the sea. 



As for the rest of the hjTnn, I do not see why it could 
not be Mosaic. I should consider it as a hymn of dehver- 
ance composed by Moses in remembrance of this great 
event, to keep alive among the future generations the 
recollection of the marvellous escape of the people from 
the hands of the Egyptian king. I cannot help thinking 
that it dated from the end of Moses' Ufe, when the Israel- 
ites were on the border of the land of promise, and when 
they had in front of them Moab, Edom, and the population 
of Canaan. It seems to have a Deuteronomic character. 
It reminds one of the last chapters of that book. Especi- 
ally it supposes, as Deuteronomy does, that the first thing 
the Israelites will do will be to choose a place for the Lord's 
abode (xv. 13) : " Thou hast guided them in Thy 
strength to Thy holy habitation . . . Thou shalt bring 
them in and plant them in the mountain of Thine inherit- 
ance. The place, O Lord, which Thou hast made for Thee 
to dweU in ; the sanctuary, O Lord, which Thy hands 
have estabhshed." Here also Moses cannot suppose that 
there wiU be no abode for the Lord, that the ark will still 
be under a tent, wandering from place to place. He 
imagines the people singing that hymn of thanksgiving at 
the sanctuary which the Lord's hands have estabhshed. 
It is a psalm which he leaves to them for the future. It 
is quite possible that the writer who collected the tablets 
of Moses, whom we suppose to be Ezra, may have inserted 



114 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

this hymn at that place, though it originally was 
independent. 

Moses was a poet, and we have other specimens of his 
poetical works : the long song given by Deuteronomy 
(ch. xxxii.), of which it is said : " and Moses came and 
spake the words of this song in the ears of the people, he 
andHoshea, the son of Nun " ; and the blessing which he 
gave to the people before he went to the top of Pisgah. 
The authorship of these h^nQins has been denied to him, 
chiefly on linguistic or philological grounds. But if, as 
we hold, these hymns are not in the original language in 
which Moses wrote, those linguistic arguments are of 
little value, and the contents of the hymns and their 
nature alone has to be considered. We see nothing in 
them which would prevent us from attributing them to 
Moses. 

There is another piece of poetry, a psalm, aJso a transla- 
tion, called "a prayer of Moses the man of God " : this 
name is found also in the LXX. This title has been rejec- 
ted, like many others in the Psalms. But here we have an 
opportunity for challenging the method of a good many 
critics. This psalm is attributed to Moses. It is not 
very difficult, any more than in the case of a considerable 
number of writings, to argue that it is not the work of the 
assigned author. This is a kind of philological game which 
is practised largely in certain universities. Even suppos- 
ing it has been shown not to be by the assigned author, 
the critic is only half-way, and by far the easier half. 
What is more difficult, is to show why the writing has 
been attributed to that author, when it was so attributed 
and by whom. On these points I have no hesitation in 
saying that you often find the critic giving as an established 
fact what is merely his own opinion, one frequently also 
which is quite hypothetical. We are told that the psalm 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 115 

of Moses never was written by him ; why ? Let us 
remember first that philological reasons do not exist. 
This psalm was transcribed, probably twice, from cunei- 
form and from Aramaic, like other psalms, before 
it reached its present form. To whom did it occur to 
mention the name of Moses in connection with this psalm ? 
Let the critic answer, not by what he imagines, but let 
him adduce proofs and bring well established facts. 

Judging from the contents of this psalm, since we have 
not to consider its form, the thoughts which inspire it are 
so well in harmony with the character of Moses and the 
conditions in which he lived in the desert, that we see no 
reason to throw aside the tradition, which is anterior to 
the third century, since it is already in the LXX. Moses, 
like all the prophets, could be occasionally a poet. 

The Tabernacle 

We shall not follow the Israelites in their long journey 
through the desert. The direction they took, the stations 
where they stopped during that long wandering, all 
these questions are the objects of lively discussions among 
scholars and travellers. One thing seems certain, that 
they must have spent the greater part of the forty years 
near Kadesh, in the northern region of the peninsula. 

We should like merely to direct the attention of our 
readers to the considerable changes produced in our views 
on the books describing the legislation by the fact that 
Moses wrote in Babylonian cuneiform. The books 
in their present form are translations, therefore the Lower 
Criticism, " which has to do with letters, words and sen- 
tences as such, without regard to their literary form or 
meaning," has no longer any locus standi here, and the 
Higher Criticism, which " builds on the Lower Criticism 
as its foundation when it takes the text of Scripture 



ii6 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

from the hands of Lower Criticism and studies it as a 
literature" (Briggs), sees its base disappear from under 
its feet. 

Let us take the description of the Tabernacle and of 
the ark of the Covenant. All this part of the book of 
Exodus is attributed by the critics to the document called 
P, the Priestly Code, which at first was thought to be 
the most ancient, but now is asserted to be the most 
recent, being said to be post-exihan. Welihausen fixes 
its date at about 444. Ezra is generally supposed to be 
its author. 

" The priest-code is realistic, and its reahsm is that 
of the wilderness, of the wanderings and nomadic hfe . . . 
it seems unlikely that it should be pure invention, or 
the elaboration of an ideal which could not escape ana- 
chronisms in some particulars. But if the fundamental 
legislation is Mosaic, why might not the priestly com- 
piler, taking his stand in the wilderness of the wander- 
ings, have been true to his historic and ideal standpoint ? " 
This view is advocated by Dr. Briggs, one of the most 
conservative among the critics, who admits that the 
fundamental legislation is Mosaic, and that Moses is not 
a mere name. However, according to this learned 
scholar's idea, the narrator who describes the wanderings 
in the desert and some of the most striking episodes, such 
as the constitution of the Tabernacle and the ark, is a 
man who Uved six or seven hundred years afterwards, 
not very long after the captives had returned from Baby- 
lon, at a time when all the intercourse of the Palestinian 
as well as the Egyptian Jews was with Persia ; so far so 
that they had adopted the Mesopotamian writing, Ara- 
maic. Under such circumstances there arose this author, 
remarkably well informed in the ways of desert life, 
as well as in history : and his information extended not 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 117 

only to important facts, but even to detail and to features 
of the civilization of Egypt, a country where most pro- 
bably he had never been. 

Let us follow what is written in Scripture. The Israel- 
ites had left Egypt, a country where they could see a 
great number of temples which were supposed to be the 
abodes of the divinity. Some of them were of gigantic 
proportions ; they generally were built of strong materials 
and, as the founders engraved in their inscriptions, in- 
tended to last as long as heaven. In the desert of 
Sinai the Hebrews had received the law of the Lord, 
they had witnessed the scene of the giving of the law. 
On the third day, when it was morning, there were thun- 
ders and lightning and a thick cloud upon the mound, 
and the voice of the trumpet exceeding loud, and they 
had trembled and stood afar off. 

Afterwards they had again heard Moses receiving 
God's commandment (Exod. xx. 22) : "Ye yourselves 
have seen that I have talked with you from heaven. 
Ye shall not make other gods with Me : gods of silver, or 
gods of gold ye shall not make unto Me. An altar of 
earth thou shalt make unto Me, and shalt sacrifice thereon 
thy burnt-offerings ... in every place where I record 
My name I will come unto thee and bless thee. And if 
thou make Me an altar of stone, thou shalt not build it of 
hewn stone." This is the regulation for the worship of 
the Israelites : they were to bring sacrifices and burnt- 
offerings to the altar. But there was as yet no sign of 
the presence of Jehovah among them, no place con- 
sidered as the abode of God. The erection of such a place 
seemed a natural consequence of the covenant which the 
Lord had made with His people, the covenant which had 
been concluded at a great sacrifice when the people had 
been sprinkled with blood. Therefore the Lord spoke 



ii8 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

unto Moses and commanded him that the children of 
Israel should make Him an offering, every man who was 
willing, of precious metals, and the valuables which they 
possessed. " And let them make Me a sanctuary, that I 
may dwell among them " (Exod. xxv. 8). 

The first part of this sanctuary, that which was par- 
ticularly considered as the abode of God, was the ark. 
" And they shall make me an ark of acacia wood, and 
thou shalt overlay it with pure gold, within and without 
shalt thou overlay it, and shalt make upon it a crown 
(rim or moulding) round about." Further on it is related 
that the ark was made of acacia wood by a man " called 
by name Bezalel, the son of Uri, the son of Hur of the 
tribe of Judah, who was filled with the Spirit of God in 
wisdom, and in understanding, and in knowledge, and in 
all manner of workmanship, to devise cunning works, to 
work in gold and in silver and in brass, and in the cutting 
of stone for setting, and in carving of wood to work in all 
manner of workmanship " (Exod. xxi. 2, 3). 

Thus the man who had to do all the work in the ark 
and the Tabernacle is an Israelite of the tribe of Judah ; 
he is not a stranger, but probably learnt his art in Egypt ; 
for all the kinds of work enumerated there are exactly 
such as were produced by Egyptian workmen, and had 
probably been seen repeatedly by the Hebrews while they 
were staying in the country. 

Once again I have to ask the question, How could an 
author of the time of the Persian kings know the name 
of the workman who had been entrusted with that impor- 
tant work ? How had his name been preserved, and not 
only his own, but that of his father and his grandfather ? 
Certainly it did not come down through seven or eight 
centuries by oral tradition. It must have been recorded 
in some written document. Ark and Tabernacle had 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 119 

disappeared when the author of the Priestly Code is sup- 
posed to have written. It would be strange in that case 
that the name of the artist who made them in a remote 
past should have survived. According to the critics, the 
writer was true to his historical and ideal standpoint. 
This can be admitted as possible in reference to the great 
lines of the narrative and the general features of desert 
life. But when it comes to definite facts, to points of 
detail like this, the writer must have had some document 
on which he might base his statement, and this document 
could not be of a date very different from the acts it 
related. It is far more credible that we owe the name and 
the information about the artist to Moses himself, rather 
than to an unknown author living, several centuries 
later, in a distant country. We shall come to the same 
conclusion about various other points. 

" They shall make an ark of acacia wood," the staves 
to carry it, the table, the boards, the Tabernacle, every 
thing in wood is to be made in shittim wood, the acacia. 
The name of the acacia does not appear anywhere else 
except in Isaiah xli. 19, where the prophet, describing 
the future state of felicity, says : "I will plant in the 
wilderness the cedar, the acacia tree and the myrtle ..." 
We do not find the acacia among the materials for the 
construction of the Temple. The beams, pillars, floor 
are made of cedar, the cherubim of the doors of the oracle 
of olive wood, and the others of fir wood or cypress. 
Since the Israelites were settled in Palestine, the tree con- 
sidered as fit for sacred construction and worthy of this 
employment was cedar. The house of God, the abode of 
the Lord, could not be made of any other wood. \Micn 
Nathan brings to David the commandment not to build 
a temple, we read this (2 Sam. vii. 5) : " Shalt thou build 
Me a house for Me to dwell in 1 for I have not dwelt in an 



120 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

house since the day that I brought up the children of 
Israel out of Egypt, even to this day, but have walked 
in a tent and in a tabernacle. In all places wherein 
I have walked with all the children of Israel spoke I a 
word with any of the judges (margin) of Israel, whom I 
commanded to feed My people Israel, asking : Why 
have ye not built Me an house of cedar ? " An Israelite 
did not conceive an abode for God being made of any 
other material than cedar. This wood, and the cypress, 
was also used by the Assyrians for their sacred construc- 
tions. They speak of cedar wood which came from the 
Amanus as well as from Lebanon. 

On the contrary, cedar does not appear in the con- 
struction of the ark and the Tabernacle. They are to 
be made of acacia wood. By this name we are to under- 
stand the tree called by the botanists acacia seyal. This 
tree is found in Egypt, and the Egyptians made great 
use of it. They used it for making furniture and boats. 
It was the favourite wood for the doors of temples. In 
the course of time it takes a fine black colour, which 
the ancients imitated. It was also used sometimes for 
coffins. Outside of Egypt the acacia scyal is found in 
the Sinaitic peninsula, and near the Dead Sea, but not 
further north. It may reach a great height, but it is 
cut down too often when young by the Bedouins for 
making charcoal. 

Acacia is a tree of the Sinaitic desert, and it must have 
been rather abundant at the time, since among the offer- 
ings the Israehtes are ordered to bring acacia wood, pro- 
bably felled, cut and gathered around their camp. But it 
is not a Palestinian tree. Except for a few bushes, no 
acacia trees are found in Palestine, especially not in the 
north. However, in the Shephelah — what used to be the 
coast of the Philistines — some fine specimens are found, 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 121 

which are attributed by botanists to cultivation, but the 
origin of which goes back to a very high antiquity. 
The important point is that the acacia is a Sinaitic and 
not a Palestinian tree : that after the conquest of Canaan 
it was entirely put aside for sacred constructions, and 
superseded by cedar. Here the narrator is entirely in 
accordance with the local conditions, with the nature 
of the desert and what could be found there. Can we 
suppose that the post-exihan writer is so true to his 
historical standpoint, that he can describe a kind of 
construction which had been out of use for centuries 
both in Palestine and Mesopotamia ? Does it not seem 
more likely that the narrator had been in the desert 
himself, and pictured what he had seen ? 

Desert life, with a strong Egyptian influence in every- 
thing referring to workmanship, this is what we find 
in the narrative. For instance, in what is said of metal. 
It is used for overlaying objects made of wood. When it 
is used alone, as for the candlestick, it is said that it will 
be beaten. Once only is it said that the metal is cast : 
"And thou shalt cast four rings of gold for the ark." 
This is in full agreement with what we find in Egypt. 
There, whenever metal work is applied to an object of 
large size, the metal was not cast, it was beaten. The 
action of fire, the melting of the metal, was resorted to 
only for small objects hke jewels. In the time of the 
Sixth Dynasty, we have two statues of King Pepi and of 
his son. It is possible that some small parts may have 
been cast, hke the face, the fingers and the toes, but the 
whole body is made of hammered slabs, nailed upon a 
core which probably was made of wood. The Egyptians 
seemed to have been particularly skilled in the use of the 
hammer. They were very clever in beating the metal 
so as to produce very thin plates of gold or silver, which 



122 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

afterwards were overlaid upon wooden, or even stone, 
sculptures. We have still a few statuettes covered 
with a very thin sheet of gold and silver, and it is probable 
that some of the wooden statues which have been pre- 
served were covered in that way, but that their valuable 
casing has attracted robbers. For instance, the head of 
the cow found at Deir el Bahari was covered with gold ; 
a great number of mummy cases were ornamented with 
thin gold which was cut away by robbers. Therefore, 
what is said about the ark and the Tabernacle — that all 
the wood on both sides of the ark and the staves for 
carrying it were overlaid with gold — is quite Egyptian. 

It is curious to see that the only part of the ark which 
is cast are the rings of gold for the staves of the ark. If 
we look at the pictures representing the tributes brought 
to the Egyptians by foreign nations from the south, the 
gold is generally in rings or in powder. This shows that 
the African nations, less civilized than the Egyptians, 
knew how to cast gold in rings, so that this work must 
have been familiar to the old Egyptians. 

All the work commanded and described in the book of 
Exodus could be done by any man skilled in Egyptian 
handicraft. The few tool* he wanted, both for carpentry 
and for jewellery, could be easily carried on a journey. 
Even now in Egyptian villages, a carpenter who has 
to make a piece of furniture does not go to his workshop ; 
he generally has none. He takes the two or three neces- 
sary tools, and goes to the house where he is required 
and where he finds the wood provided for him. All the 
woodwork for the ark and Tabernacle is very simple and 
could easily be made anywhere. 

The same is the case with the metal work. It is not 
complicated. It consists chiefly of beaten work made 
with a hammer. There are no large cast objects ; it 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 123 

would have been impossible to have a sufficient furnace and 
to make the moulds in the desert. Besides, it is doubtful 
whether the Egyptians ever made large cast pieces. We 
find no large bronze statues, such as the Greeks made 
so numerously, except in quite late times. Here again 
in Exodus we have a small detail which makes it unlikely 
that this description should be due to a late author of 
post -exilian time. How is it that such objects of second- 
ary importance, like the rings through which were inserted 
the staves for carrying the ark, are distinctly said to have 
been cast, while the whole work was beaten ? It seems 
most improbable that such a small point should have 
been preserved by tradition. A narrator writing several 
centuries afterwards would perhaps have said that 
Bezalel made four rings ; he would not have distinguished 
the two kinds of work. 

The breastplate is also quite Egyptian. Several 
similar jewels for kings and queens have been preserved. 
They are of gold, with inlaid precious stones. Those 
of the Twelfth Dynasty, much older than the arrival of 
the Jews into Egypt, are particularly beautiful. There- 
fore a skilled workman, coming from Egypt, could easily 
make the breastplate for Aaron. 

" The women that were wise-hearted did spin with their 
hands, and brought that which they had spun, the blue, 
the purple, the scarlet, and the fine linen. And all the 
women whose heart stirred them up in wisdom, spun the 
goats' hair " (Exod. xxxv. 25, 26). This again may be done 
in the desert, and bears an Egyptian character. Egypt was 
the great centre of the manufacture of hnen in antiquity. 
The considerable amount which has been preserved, from 
the Old Empire down to Roman times, some of it of the 
finest quality ; the quantity of hnen used for mummifying ; 
all this shows that the fabrication of linen was one of 



124 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

the chief industries of the country, and that a great use 
of it must have been made in common life. I cannot go 
into the question whether flax or cotton was used for it. 
We are not sure of the sense of the Hebrew words, and 
we must suppose that they had a precise meaning as in 
our language. 

Probably the Israelite women had brought from 
Egypt the linen they offered for the Tabernacle and 
which they spun : the weaving is said to have been done, 
or at least directed, by Bezalel and his assistant Oholiab. 
As for the curtains of goats' hair, the material was in 
abundance, and it could be fabricated easily by the 
women. It very likely was the same kind of stuff which 
the peasant women still make in some parts of Italy from 
the hair of their goats. All this description is in con- 
formity with the way of living of a powerful nomad 
tribe. 

It is said that the Israelites carried away a great deal 
when they left ; that, in their hurry to be delivered from 
them, the Egyptians gave them " jewels of silver, and 
jewels of gold, and raiment." It must have been as it is 
now with the Arab women who often carry all their 
fortune in jewels with which they adorn themselves ; 
they wear heavy necklaces, sometimes very valuable, 
which are their investments, all they possess. In a 
numerous tribe, if the women sacrificed generously their 
jewels, it might amount to a large quantity of gold 
which was afterwards hammered and used for plating 
and overlaying wood such as the staves of the ark, or the 
mercy-seat. In those cases, the sheet of gold was very 
thin. As for the candlestick made of pure gold of beaten 
work, it must have been like the statue of Pepi, made of 
thick plates fixed on a core probably of wood. 

In the description of garments, and curtains, and 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 125 

other pieces of textile stuff, there is a word of which it 
seems to me doubtful whether it has been rightly under- 
stood. It is said of the screen of the tent (xxvi. 36), 
" Thou shalt make a screen of blue and purple and 
scarlet, and fine twined linen, the work of the embroi- 
derer." Of the ephod it is said (xxviii. 6) : " And they shall 
make the ephod of gold, of blue and purple, scarlet and 
fine twined hncn, the work of the cunning workman." 
Between the screen and the ephod, there is the difference 
that in the screen no gold is mentioned, and the work 
is done by the " embroiderer," while there is gold in the 
ephod and the work is done by the " cunning workman." 
The word translated " cunning workman "occurs several 
times, generally in connection with metal work (xxviii 15 ; 
xxvi. I, 31 ; xxxvi. 8 ; xxxix. 8). Have we not here in the 
ephod an example of what is found in the Mycenean 
tombs, very thin gold ornaments in the form of flowers or 
disks fastened to a garment, rather than a tnetal thread 
which would have xomplicatcd the weaving ? 

The small pieces of jewellery may have been melted, 
as the jewellers of the present day melt them in the 
villages. This does not require a very big fire. But I do 
not beheve that the golden calf was cast. The words say- 
ing that Aaron fashioned it with a graving tool (xxxii. 4) 
seem to indicate that it was sculptured and plated after- 
wards, so as to look like a molten calf, like the statue of 
Pepi of which one may say that it looks exactly hke a 
molten figure. Besides, we have no indication as to the 
size of the calf. 

Two of the coverings are said (xxvi. 14) to be ram's skin 
dyed red, with a covering of sealskin above. Reims' 
skins were very easy to obtain and to dye, but it is some- 
what strange to find skins of an animal called, according 
to the translator, either seal, porpoise, or dugong. Though 



126 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

this sea animal is said to be abundant in the Red Sea, 
it is difficult to imagine the Israelites engaged in hunting it, 
and it seems natural to follow the LXX, who translated 
" of blue colour," being dyed rams' skins. 

The pillars were to rest on sockets, which may be 
either silver or brass. I found a socket of that kind at 
Bubastis. It consists of a cube of bronze, on the top 
of which is a depression in which the piUar rested, or 
on which the door turned if it was a hinge. Those 
made for the Tabernacle must have had a similar 
form. 

I shall not go into the discussion on the reconstruction 
of the Tabernacle and its dimensions, but I must insist 
again on the remarkable conformity of the description 
with the local and historical circumstances. There is 
absolutely nothing revealing a writer of the fifth century, 
who would have been rather under Persian influence. 
For instance, speaking of curtains and embroidery beauti- 
fully worked and used for sacred purposes, a writer of 
that time would mention Zidon and Zidonian women. On 
the contrary, the author seems to know Egyptian industry 
very weU, but never to have gone further than the desert. 
Egypt and desert produces alone are adduced. This is 
particularly striking in the case of acacia wood, considering 
that after the arrival of the Hebrews in Canaan, it is never 
mentioned again and dropped entirely out of use for 
purposes of worship. 

Is not Moses the man who was most able to write such 
an account, to record the name of the skilled artists who 
had achieved the construction and all the works of art 
it contained, and to go into such minute details about 
the ornaments, the colour and size of each curtain and 
covering, the material out of which it had to be made ? 
Can we suppose that so detailed a tradition had lasted 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 127 

unwritten more than eight hundred years and outhved 
the Tabernacle and the Ark ? 



Deuteronomy 

I should like, before leaving the subject of the composi- 
tion of the Pentateuch, to revert to the question of Deuter- 
onomy which I have raised elsewhere.^ The critics are 
nearly unanimous in asserting that the book of the law 
discovered by Hilkiah under Josiah was Deuteronomy, 
or part of it. In this I fully agree with the critics. For 
Deuteronomy is exactly the book which might be found 
under such circumstances. 

Deuteronomy is said to be the last words spoken to the 
people by Moses when he was going to disappear; when 
his earnest request to be allowed to " go over and see 
the good land that is beyond Jordan " had been finally 
refused. Israel is on the verge of Canaan, the conquest 
of which is assured. Therefore the language of Moses 
is somewhat different from what it was in the desert. 
He supposed that, like all neighbouring nations, the 
Israelites will have a king, and he devises some laws con- 
cerning him. But what he alludes to several times is that 
there will be the place " which the Lord your God shall 
choose out of all your tribes, to put His name there," 
and to make it His Habitation. Since every Israelite was 
to have a fixed abode, Moses assumed that the Lord also 
will have one which He shall choose. He cannot imagine 
that when each man in Israel will be settled in his habita- 
tion " the Lord will have none, and His habitation 
will still be a tent going from place to place." He, 
Moses, cannot say where it will be, since he is not allowed 
to enter the country. 

1 The Discovery of the book of the Law, under King Josiah 
(S.P.C.K.). 



128 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

The critics lay much stress on the fact that Deuteronomy 
prescribes that sacrifices must be offered in one single 
place, and that this unity of worship, as well as of supreme 
judiciary, was only realized much later, after the building of 
the temple ; so that the composition of Deuteronomy must 
be put at a much later epoch than Moses, not long before 
Josiah. But^the discrepancy between the law, if there is 
one/ and the practice at the time of the Judges down to 
Solomon's reign may be easily explained. The habitation 
of the Lord which Moses foresaw, which seemed to him the 
necessary consequence of the Israelites settling down 
each in his house and under his fig tree, never was chosen, 
never was singled out among the tribes, until Solomon's 
time. The Israelites therefore could not bring their 
sacrifices to the place which the Lord had chosen, since 
there was no such place, and the Ark was still erratic, 
deposited in a tent, and could be moved from one place to 
another. There was no habitation of the Lord. This 
state of things is described when Nathan said to David : 
" Thus saith the Lord ... I have not dwelt in a house 
since the day that I brought up the children of Israel 
out of Egypt even to this day, but have walked in a tent 
and in a tabernacle. (2 Samuel vii. 6j. . . . In all places 
wherein I have walked with all Israel, spake I a word 
with any of the judges of Israel when I commanded to 
feed my people, saying : Why have ye not built Me 
an house of cedar ? . . ."(i Chron. xxviii. 6). 

The choice of the place and the building of the house 
was to be done only by a man whose special mission it 
should be. Moses died before having passed the Jordan, 
Joshua did not feel called to accomplish such a task, and 
when David thought of it, when, as he says, it was in his 
heart " to build a house of rest for the ark of the 

1 See p. 145. 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN I2q 

covenant of the Lord, and for the footstool of our God," 
(i Chron. xxviii 2.) he was not allowed to do it. " God 
said unto me : thou shalt not build an house for My name, 
because thou art a man of war. . . . Solomon thy son 
shall build My house and My courts. ..." Thus from 
the time of the conquest to the reign of David's son, part 
of the Mosaic law could not be accomplished, because 
there was no habitation of the Lord, and no one to build it. 

Solomon is the king appointed to build the cedar house. 
In order to establish for ever that the temple is the place 
" chosen by the Lord to put His name in," he does what 
the Assyrian kings often did, he hides in the wall as 
foundation deposit a cuneiform tablet of the law of 
Moses, of that book which is a summary of it, and which 
speaks of that place " which the Lord will choose." The 
book remained buried in the wall until great repairs made 
in the temple revealed it to Hilkiah. 

It is hardly necessary to repeat the narrative of the 
discovery of the book of the law. The temple was in the 
hands of a great number of workmen and masons, repair- 
ing cracks in the walls and using for that purpose hewn 
stone. One may fancy that they came upon the cunei- 
form tablet, and did not pay any attention to it, as common 
workmen or masons w^ould do now not only in repairing 
old walls but even in excavations. Hilkiah found it 
in the rubbish, or he picked it out when it fell out of its 
hiding-place ; and when Shaphan the scribe, the secretary 
of the king, came to see the payment of the cost of the 
repairs, " Hilkiah said unto Shaphan the scribe : I have 
found the book of the law in the house of the Lord. And 
Hilkiah delivered the book to Shaphan, and he read it. 
And Shaphan the scribe came to the king, and brought the 
king w'ord again." (2 Kings xxii. 8). 

The narrative is very brief, but it shows very clearly 



K 



130 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

how the scene took place. When Shaphan comes into 
the temple, Hilkiah tells him that he has found the book, 
and hands it over to Shaphan, who reads it aloud. After- 
wards he goes back to the king to bring him his report, as 
he was ordered to do, and he reads the book again to the 
king. Wlien Hilkiah says he has found the book, why 
does he give it to Shaphan ; why does he not read it 
himself ? Because most likely he could not read cunei- 
form. He knew that the law was written in such char- 
acters, he also could suppose that a book coming from 
the foundations of the temple must belong to the law ; 
but it was the secretary of the king, the man who had to 
correspond with the Assyrians, who read the writing which 
had been that of Moses, which was still used for official 
documents, and which had not yet altogether been super- 
seded by Aramaic. 

Summing up again what seems to me the result of 
the excavations of the last thirty years, namely, that the 
oldest books of the Hebrews prior to Solomon's time 
have been written in Babylonian cuneiform, I should 
like my readers to observe that in this long discussion, 
I have adhered strictly to the text of Scripture ; for 
instance, for the Pentateuch, I know only of Moses the 
author, and Ezra the compiler. On the other hand, the 
numerous writers, of whom for Genesis there are seven 
according to Kautzsch and Socin, have been called into 
existence by the critics, without any trace whatever 
being left in the text of their name, time, origin or 
dates. They are mere hterary creations. 

The Archives 

Before leaving the books of Moses, the cuneiform 
tablets which were the work of the great legislator, we 
have to raise an important question. How were these 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 131 

tablets preserved ? How did one generation hand them 
over to the next ? Here, I must say frankly, we are 
entirely in the field of hypothesis. For we have no indica- 
tion whatever in Scripture which might put us in the 
right track. So that we can reason only from analogy, 
and see what the neighbouring nations did with their 
tablets. 

Documents of that kind were of great value. They 
were not like inscriptions on potsherds or on a scrap of 
paper. It would not have been necessary to take the 
trouble to bake the clay on which the text was engraved, 
if it were not for the desire that they should last as would 
be the case with religious texts, laws, literary composi- 
tions, contracts, legal documents, such as are found in 
great number. These tablets were generally collected 
in deposists, archives or libraries. Several of them are 
famous, such as the library of Assurbanipal at Kuyun- 
iik, discovered by Layard, part of which has been brought 
to the British Museum. It contained thousands of tablets 
of all kinds, grammar and language, literature, religion, 
mythology, magic, everything concerning the administra- 
tion of the country, the treaties with neighbouring 
nations, civil laws and contracts, even natural science. 
This is the most considerable collection found as yet, and 
its exploration is not even yet finished. 

Another library of the same kind, to which belonged 
perhaps also a school, has been discovered at Nippur, and 
has also yielded thousands of tablets, some of which 
belong to the early Babylonian civilization, so that it is 
possible that the Ass3n:ian king, in collecting his hbrary, 
may have made use of the older one at Nippur. It seems 
that in those libraries the clay tablets were gathered and 
preserved in a methodical manner, placed on shelves of 
wood or clay, or sometimes stored in jars. 



132 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

At Boghaz Keui also, the tablets were found in a place 
of small area, which the discoverer, Dr. Winckler, calls a 
part of the royal archives, very much ruined, and of 
which probably the greater part is lost. 

At Tel-Taannek, in Palestine, the explorer Dr. Sellin, 
who discovered there a few cuneiform tablets, speaks of 
a small library contained in a large clay box. This is 
what is recommended by Jeremiah (xxxii. 14) : " Take 
these deeds, this deed of the purchase, both that which is 
sealed and the deed which is open, and put them in 
an earthen vessel, that they may continue many days." 

In Egypt, the precious archives of Tel-el- Amarna were 
said by the natives to have been contained in an earthen 
vessel or jar. It is but seldom that a cuneiform tablet 
is found isolated or alone. There are generally a certain 
number of them, a collection more or less numerous accord- 
ing to the importance of the place and of the nation. We 
may suppose that the Israelites followed the custom of the 
Mesopotamians, their fathers, and that they deposited 
their tablets in a city which thus became their " book- 
town." It is possible that it was also the custom of the 
inhabitants of Canaan. We hear of a city called Kirjath- 
sepher, a city destroyed by Caleb's brother (Joshua xv. 15, 
16), " the city of books," which may have been a place 
where existed such a deposit of documents. This is 
confirmed by the LXX, where the name is translated 
JloXi? jpafi/jbdrcop, the city of writings, of written docu- 
ments, civitas litterarmn by the Vulgate, and by the Coptic. 
Did the Hebrews have a city of archives, or at least 
a place where their religious or legal documents were 
deposited, such as the tablets written by Moses which con- 
stituted the Pentateuch ? Here we are obliged to resort 
again to a mere hypothesis, since Scripture is absolutely 
silent on that point. I think Hebron may have been that 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 133 

place, or perhaps Shcchem, but I rather inchne to Hebron. 
Hebron was given to the tribe of Judah and to Caleb, 
the only survivor of the spies sent by Moses forty years 
before ; to him it had been promised that the land 
wherein his foot had trodden should be his inheritance 
(Joshua xiv. 9). He himself, though he was fourscore 
and five years old, was as strong as in the days when Moses 
sent him, and his family seems to have been very warlike 
and brave. They had to conquer the most difficult part 
of the country, that inhabited by Anakim : they smote 
and destroyed Kirjath-sepher, and Hebron was given to 
Caleb, " because that he followed the Lord, the God of 
Israel." One may w^ell suppose that the members of this 
family were chosen to be the guardians of the books which 
had been brought from Egypt. 

Besides, Hebron was a place where the Israelites had 
ancestral traditions. There, Abraham had purchased the 
field of Ephron the Hittite, in order to bury his dead Sarah, 
who had died at the age of hundred and seven and twenty 
years, in the cave of Machpelah (Gen. xxiii.) : " And the 
field and the cave that is therein was made sure unto Abra- 
ham for a possession of a burying place by the children of 
Heth." When Abraham died, Isaac and Ishmael, his 
sons, buried him in the cave of Machpelah. Esau and 
Jacob did the same for Isaac, and when he was dying, 
Jacob charged his sons to bury him wdth his fathers, in 
the cave that is in the field of Machpelah, naming all those 
who had preceded him, the last of whom was Leah, his 
wife, whom he himself had buried (Gen. xlix. 29). 

This family sepulchre in Canaan, this cave in which tliree 
generations had found their rest, was the lasting pledge 
that the land was their inheritance and that they could 
claim its possession. It seems natural that the writings 
which recorded God's covenant with Abraham and with 



134 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

his people, what may be called the deeds on wliich rested 
their character of the elect among the nations, should have 
been brought to the same place, to Hebron, in the keeping 
of the faithful Caleb's family and of the Levites to whom 
the city was given. 

It is perhaps owing to the character of Hebron that it 
became David's capital until he conquered Jerusalem and 
built there his palace. Saul was dead, and David, who had 
become king, did not know where he would settle and 
estabUsh what we should call the seat of the government. 
It is said " that David inquired of the Lord, saying : 
ShaU I go up into any of the cities of Judah ? And the 
Lord said unto him : Go up. And David said : Whither 
shall I go up ? And he said : Unto Hebron " (2 Sam. 
xii. i). Then all the tribes of Israel came to him, paid 
him homage, and anointed him as king. David reigned 
there more than seven years. 

It seems probable that when the Temple of Solomon was 
built, when Jerusalem and His sanctuary became the place 
which the Lord God had chosen "to cause His name to 
dwell in," the archives, that is, the law and the books of 
Moses, were brought there, perhaps also the later ones. In 
Assyrian temples as well as in Egyptian, libraries — 
archives — were generally in the immediate vicinity or were 
part of the construction. Shall we find anything of the 
archives of the Temple of Jerusalem ? Has anything of 
them been preserved ? Have they escaped the havoc and 
destruction produced by the successive sieges and by the 
numerous invaders whose fire and sword have too often 
brought ruin on the platform where the temple stood ? 
Will these invaluable treasures ever be recovered ? That 
IS the secret of the future. 

The reason why, until now, the epigraphic results of the 
excavations have been so scanty in Palestine is perhaps 



THE JOURNEY TO CANAAN 135 

the fact that the cuneiform documents are generally col- 
lected and stored in libraries, or archives, and not scattered 
all over the country. The discovery of one of these de- 
posits, which may only have been a box full of documents, 
might have the most weighty consequences, and change 
entirely the current points of view. The best instance of 
this is the discovery at Tel-el- Amarna. But for this jar, 
dug by the fellaheen out of a mound of Middle Egypt, 
we should be still in complete ignorance as to the language 
written in Palestine before Moses and after his time, and 
critics might still support the view that in the time of Moses 
the Hebrews had no writing in which his books might be 
composed. Afterwards the discoveries at Susa, and 
at Boghaz-keui have shown to what extent Babylonian 
cuneiform had spread over Western Asia, and it would 
be certainly surprising if a small country Hke Palestine 
were an exception and had a book-WTiting of its own. 



PART II 
The Later Books 



CHAPTER V 
THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 

The Colony at Elephantine 

NEXT to the finding of the Tel-el-Amarna tablets, 
and as weighty in its bearing on aU the questions 
concerning the books of the Old Testament, is the dis- 
covery, in the ruins at Elephantine, of the Aramaic papyri 
left by a Jewish colony on that spot. They were aU dug 
out of the mounds of the old city, from the heaps of 
decayed bricks which the natives carry away as manure 
for their fields. 

The first lot was purchased from dealers by M. Robert 
Mond and Lady William Cecil : they were said by the 
dealers to come from Assuan ; but subsequent excava- 
tions made by M. Rubensohn at Elephantine, the pic- 
turesque island in front of Assuan, have proved that they 
came from the same spot, where he himself discovered 
another batch, still more valuable than the first since it 
contains historical documents the date of which is well 
known. 

The greatest part of these documents belong to the 
time when Egypt was under Persian rule. They extend 
from the twenty-seventh year of Daiius I (494 B.C.) to 
the fifth year of Amyztaeus, the native ruler who reigned 
after the Egyptians had shaken off the Persian yoke ; 
thus they nearly cover the whole of the fifth century B.C., 
when the Persian Empire was at its height. 

The men who wrote these papjri were Jews ; they knew 

139 



140 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

and observed the feast of the Passover. I\Iany of the 
names quoted are those of the Israehtes in Canaan, and 
they had a temple to their god Yaho. It seems that they 
were a military colony. They were settled in Elephantine 
with their families, and they were divided into six " stand- 
ards." Nevertheless, it may be questioned whether they 
were real soldiers, and whether they left their country 
to be mercenaries forming a garrison. It seems that 
they were organized in "standards " so as to be able to 
fight in case of need. Since they were settled on the 
southern border of the country, they might be attacked 
by invaders coming from Nubia ; therefore it was 
necessary that they should resist and repel their attacks, 
or at least delay their march sufficiently for troops to 
arrive to protect the country. Their organization was 
exactly similar to that of the tribes crossing the desert 
(Num. ii. and iii.). Then the tribes marched by their 
" standards," with the ensigns of their fathers' houses, 
and there was a prince for each tribe. The children of 
Israel in the desert could hardly be called an army, but 
they were sufficiently organized to fight the enemies 
whom they might encounter on their way to Canaan. 

Long before the reign of Darius, the Jews had 
begun to go to Egypt and to settle there, probably 
out of fear of the Assyrians. It is quite possible that 
some of them were among the foreign mercenaries whom 
Psammetichus II led to war against the Ethiopians ; 
but the Jews who emigrated to Egypt were not soldiers 
only. They went there with their families because Egypt 
was a country apparently more peaceful and more settled 
than their own. Although they did not give up theu: 
nationaUty and their worship, since they built a temple 
to their God whom they call Yaho, a return to Egypt 
was not in accordance with the religious tradition, and the 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 141 

law, especially was it against the strong warnings of Deuter- 
onomy, and therefore Jeremiah spares no effort for pre- 
venting his countrymen from deserting the land of their 
fathers for Egypt. Over and over again we hear the 
prophet warning the Jews against this flight. 

Among the first words which the prophet had to cry in 
the ears of Jerusalem are these (ii. 18) : " And now what 
hast thou to do in the way to Egypt, to drink the waters 
of Shihor ; " Shihor being the first branch of the Nile which 
they reached. There they will not find the peace for 
which they are looking : " Thou shalt be ashamed of Egypt 
also, as thou wast ashamed of Assyria" (iv. 26). On 
another occasion, in the time of Zedekiah, Jeremiah 
utters this threat (xxiv. 8) : " Thus saith the Lord : 
So wiU I give up . . . the residue of Jerusalem and them 
that dwell in the land of Egypt." After the capture of 
Jerusalem a great number of Jews wished to go to Egypt 
(xlii.). The prophet then " cried in their ears " this curse 
against those who should go : " Then it shall come to pass, 
that the sword which ye fear shall overtake you there 
in the land of Egypt, and the famine whereof ye are afraid, 
shall follow hard after you there in Egypt ; and there you 
shall die ... O remnant of Judah, go ye not into 
Egypt : know certainly that I have testified unto you 
this day." All warnings and reproofs were in vain ; 
they carried the prophet with them to the city of Daphnae, 
where Jeremiah had to do the symbolical act of " taking 
great stones " and " hiding them in mortar in the brick- 
work, which is at the entrv of Pharaoh's house in Tah- 
panhes " (xliii. 9). 

It was not at this moment only that the Jews went 
to Egypt, and Jeremiah does not speak only to those who 
emigrated at the time of the Assyrian conquest. One of 
the chapters of the prophet's book begins thus (xliv. i) : 



142 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

" The word that came to Jeremiah concerning all the 
Jews which dwelt in the land of Egypt which dwelt at 
Migdol, and at Tahpanhes, and at Noph, and in the country 
of Pathros." ]\Iigdol was a fortress in the north-east of 
Egypt, the Magdolon of the Itinerary, said to be twelve 
Roman miles south of Pelusiam. It was the first city 
reached by travellers coming from Palestine, who had 
followed the coast of the Mediterranean. Tahpanhes, 
the Daphnae of Herodotus on the Pelusiac branch, not 
far from the fortress of Zar, was one of the cities reached 
by travellers coming from Canaan by a more southerly 
route. It became important during the reign of Psam- 
metichus I (c. 664 B.C.), who established there a camp of 
mercenaries, among whom may have been some Jews. Pro- 
fessor Flinders Petrie, who explored the place now called 
Tel Defenneh, traced there the residence of the king, 
which is still called the " Palace of the Jew's daughter." 
These two cities, Migdol and Tahpanhes, were on the 
extreme border of the country, and might be places of 
refuge as well as permanent settlements. Noph, or Moph, 
is translated by the LXX and the Vulgate, Memphis. 
This city had a greater importance at that time than under 
the powerful Dynasties Eighteen and Nineteen because the 
political life had passed over from Thebes to the Delta. 
Memphis was at the head of the Delta, and in the heart 
of the country. Hosea speaks clearly of a permanent 
estabhshment of the Jews at Memphis (ix. 6) : " For, lo, 
they are gone away from destruction, yet Egypt shall 
gather them up, Memphis shall bury them." The Israelites 
went farther. They settled in Upper Egypt, called 
Pathros, the Semitic transcription of the Egyptian word 
meaning the "land of the south." Pathros is sometimes 
joined with Mizraim, which in that case seems to refer to 
Lower Egypt, for instance in the passage of Jeremiah 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 143 

(xliv. 15) : " Even all the people that dwelt in the land of 
Mizraim, in Pathros, answered Jeremiah saying ..." 
It may be questioned whether here the " land of Mizraim " 
does not apply to the Delta, so that it would come to 
this sense : in Lower and in Upper Egypt. 

Ezekiel gives us a curious piece of historical information 
about Pathros. Speaking of the Egyptians, who after 
forty years will be gathered from the peoples whither they 
were scattered, the prophet says (xxix. 14) : "I will cause 
them to return into the land of Pathros, into the land of 
their birth," or " origin " (margin) . The latest discoveries 
show that the civilization of Egypt came down the river, 
and that the kingdom of Upper Egypt is older than that 
of the Delta, the origin of the civilization being African. 

Pathros, being Upper Egypt, included the settlement 
of the Jews at Elephantine and it may be that some of 
the inhabitants of this settlement were among the Jews 
who answered Jeremiah's rebuke by these words 
(xlv. 16) : " As for the word that thou hast spoken unto 
us in the name of the Lord, we will not hearken unto thee. 
But we will certainly perform every word that is gone 
forth out of our mouth, to burn incense unto the queen 
of heaven, and to pour out drink offerings unto her." 
There were among the refugees men who served " other 
gods " and who were hostile to the worship of Yaho and 
to His prophet. 

There seems to be an indirect allusion to the Jewish 
colony at Elephantine and at Assuan in a passage of 
Ezekiel. The prophet describes the complete destruction 
which will fall upon Egypt (xxix. 10) : " I will make the 
land of Egypt an utter waste and desolation." This 
calamity will strike the whole country from one hmit to 
the other, from north to south ; and here, instead of 
indicating the limits as the Eg}'ptians would do, Ezekiel 



144 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

quotes the two Jewish settlements on the border, as the 
margin reads : " From Migdol to Syene, even unto the 
border of Ethiopia." This translation agrees with the 
LXX (iTTo May8u)\.ou Kal Suj^'vt;? kuI eo)? bpioiv AWioiria';. In 
the next chapter it is even clearer (xxx. 6 ; quoting again 
the margin) : " They also that uphold Egypt shall fall, 
and the pride of her power shall come down from Migdol 
to Syene ; they shall fall in it by the sword. Here also we 
read in the LXX : diro MayScoXov e(o<i Svijvrj^ fxa-^^aipa 
irecrovvrac. The prophet writes for Jews, and he would be 
much better understood by them when he quotes the 
most northern and the most southern cities which they 
knew that some of their countrymen inhabited. 

Thus from the time of Hosea, who lived during the reigns 
of Jotham, Ahaz and Hezekiah, we see the Jews going 
to Egypt, taking refuge there ; not only in the north 
of the country near Palestine, but even in Upper Egypt. 

This is confirmed by a prophecy of Isaiah (xix. i8) : 
" In that day there shall be five cities in the land of Egypt 
that speak the language of Canaan, and swear to the 
Lord of Hosts ; in that day shall there be an altar to the 
Lord in the midst of the land of Egypt, and a pillar at 
the border thereof to the Lord." This passage must not 
be taken as historical, but it shows that Isaiah had this 
migration to Egypt before his eyes ; the idea of Jewish 
settlements in Egypt was far from being strange to his 
mind, and he may have known that in his time some of 
his countrymen had gone to the valley of the Nile and 
established themselves there. 

The military colony at Elephantine was only one of 
these settlements, and it is natural that, being on the 
border, the colonists should have been employed as soldiers 
for the protection of the country. It is quite possible 
that the same thing took place at Tahpanhes (Daphnae), 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 145 

where, we know from Herodotus, there was a garrison of 
foreign mercenaries. It seems erroneous to think that 
the IsraeUtes came to Egypt only as soldiers. They were 
tempted to emigrate to Egypt probably because they felt 
their own country unsafe owing to the growth of the 
Assyrian power. 

The Elephantine papyri have taught us these two ex- 
tremely important facts. The Israelites brought to Egypt 
their worship ; they built a temple to Yaho at Elephan- 
tine, and also they brought from their country their lan- 
guage, which was not Hebrew, but Aramaic. That this 
language was used by the Jews at Elephantine was as 
great a surprise as the revelation made by the tablets of 
Tel-el-Amarna that Babylonian cuneiform was written 
all over Palestine at the time of Moses. As we shall see, 
it throws a pecuHar light on the question of the writing of 
the later books of the Old Testament. 

The Temple 
The most interesting of the documents from Elephantine 
is found in two copies, one of which is better preserved 
than the other ; its date is the year 407 B.C., during the 
reign of Darius Nothus. It is a letter written to Bagoas, 
the Persian governor of Judea. This Bagoas is known 
to Josephus ; he was a successor of Nehemiah as governor 
of Judea ; so hkewise the high priest in Jerusalem, 
Johanan, is called by Josephus 'loawr}^. The document 
is so important, and it brought to light so many new 
facts, that I am obhged to quote it in full, using the 
admirable translation of Professor Sachau, the editor of 
the second find of those texts. 

" To our Lord Bagoas, the governor of Juda, his ser- 
vants Yedoniah and his companions the priests of the 
fortress of Yeb. 



146 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

" May the God of heaven salute our Lord at all times, 
and increase his favour \vith King Darius and the sons of 
the royal palace a thousand times more than now, and 
give thee long hfe. Be happy and strong at all times. 

" Thus speaks thy servant Yedoniah and his com- 
panions. In the mouth of Tammuz in the fourteenth year 
of King Darius (July, 410), when Arsames had left to go to 
the ^ King, the priests of the god Chnub in the fortress 
of Yeb made a conspiracy wdth Hydarnes, who was head- 
man here, with the following purpose : the temple of 
the God Yaho in the fortress of Yeb must disappear from 
there. Therefore Hydarnes,^ the accursed, sent a letter to 
his son Nepayan, who was mihtary chief in the fortress 
of Yeb, saying : The temple in the fortress of Yeb must be 
destroyed. Then Nepayan brought Egyptian and other 
soldiers, they entered the fortress of Yeb with their tools (?) 
they invaded the temple and levelled it to the ground ; 
the stone pillars which were there they destroyed, and also 
the fine doors built with stones they destroyed, as well as 
their wooden leaves and their sockets of bronze. The roof 
of cedar wood, the furniture (?) and everything was burnt. 
The gold and silver vessels and the objects which were in 
the said temple they carried away and took possession of. 

" Already in the time of the Kings of Egypt, our fathers 
had built the temple in the fortress of Yeb. And when 
Cambyses entered Egypt he saw this temple built ; and 
while the temples of the gods of Egypt were all pulled 
down, no damage was done to this temple by any one. 

" Since this has been done to us, we, our wives and 
children, we have worn mourning clothes, we have fasted 
and prayed Yaho the Lord of heaven Who made us 
acquainted as to Hydarnes the accursed (?)." A few 

1 Waidereng, which Eduard Meyer considers as the Persian 
name Hydarnes. 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 147 

obscure sentences indicate that they heard with pleasure 
that he had perished as well as those who had taken part 
in his criminal deeds. 

" Also before this harm was done to us, we sent a letter to 
our Lord and to Johanan the high priest, and his fellows the 
priests of Jerusalem, and to Ostancs, the brother of Anani, 
and the principals among the Jews, but they sent no answer. 

" Therefore since the month of Tammuz of the four- 
teenth year of King Darius, until the present day, we wear 
mourning clothes, we fast, our wives are like widows, we 
do not anoint ourselves with oil, nor do we drink wine. 
Also from that time until now, the seventeenth year of 
Darius, we have not brought unto the temple meal offer- 
ings, incense, or burnt offerings. 

" Now thy servants Yedoniah, his fellows and all the 
Jews, the inhabitants of Yeb, say the following : When 
it pleases our Lord, remember this temple to build it up, 
since we are not allowed to build it up. Turn towards 
those who receive thy benefits and mercies. May a letter 
be sent from thee concerning the temple of the God 
Yaho, saying that it will be built up again, in the fortress 
of Yeb, as it was built before. In thy name they will 
bring meal offerings, incense and burnt offerings on the 
altar of the God Yaho, and we will pray for thee at all 
times, and our wives and "our children, and all the Jews 
who are here, when it will have been done that this temple 
be built up again. 

" And the merit for thee with Yaho the God of heaven 
will be greater than the merit of a man who brings him 
burnt offerings and sacrifices in the value of 1,000 talents. 
As for the gold, we have sent a message and given 
information. Also we have reported the whole of this 
in a letter in our name to Delayah and Shelemyah, the 
sons of Sanaballat the governor of Samaria. 



148 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

" Arsames does not know anything of what has been 
done to us." 

As Professor Sachau says, the excavations at Elephan- 
tine have enriched our knowledge as to the Old Testament, 
by a new and most pregnant chapter. We hear, in this 
document, of events which took place when Egypt was 
under Persian dominion and was part of the Persian 
Empire. There was a satrap of Egypt, who is probably 
Arsames, mentioned twice in the letter. He must have 
been powerful, since if he had not been away on a visit 
to the king, his presence might have prevented the attack 
of Hydarnes against the Jews and their temple. 

But what seems rather extraordinary is that the Jews 
of Elephantine appeal not to the satrap nor to the king 
himself, but to the governor of Judea, Bagoas, a Persian 
also, and they do not ask for help, nor merely for his 
backing up the request, but for a direct order that the 
temple be rebuilt, for a letter saying that it was to be 
rebuilt, and that as before, the three kinds of offerings 
should be brought to the altar. Bagoas must therefore 
have had some special authority over the Jews in Egypt, 
and sufficient power to regulate everything concerning 
their worship. How far the authority of the governor of 
Judea extended over Egypt, and over Egyptian affairs, 
we do not know. 

A curious detail, which reminds us strongly of eastern 
countries at the present day, is that this favour has to 
be paid for. The messenger who carries the letter has 
been instructed " as to the gold," very hkely the sum that 
Bagoas has asked for beforehand, and which was to dis- 
pose him favourably towards the request of the Jews. 

One of the most important facts contained in this letter 
is the statement that, aheady in the time of the Kings 

of Egypt, a temple had been built in the fortress of Yeb. 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 149 

" In the time of the Kings of Egypt : " this formula is 
thoroughly Egyptian ; we find it constantly in the texts, 
with the meaning " long before." Here it has this special 
sense : the temple was raised before the Persian conquest, 
when the native Pharaohs were stiU on the throne. 

The Egyptians at that time seem to have had no 
objection to the introduction of a foreign sanctuary and a 
foreign God into their land. Therefore the destruction 
of the edifice by Hydarnes and the Egyptians cannot 
be traced to religious hatred. Though the Egyptians in 
the time of their native rulers were not particularly pleased 
at the sight of this sanctuary to a strange God, they do 
not seem to have interfered with the worship, nor to have 
hindered it in any way. What may be considered as the 
cause of this sudden outburst of illwill, of the conspiracy 
of the Egyptians who succeeded in taking a Persian, 
Hydarnes, as their leader, is jealousy of the natives against 
the Jews. They had suffered in their religion and their 
worship at the hand of the Persian King. Cambyses 
had made a terrible havoc among the temples, even the 
most beautiful like those of Thebes ; their sacred animals 
had not been spared ; and in sight of this religious ruin, 
the sanctuary of the Jews stood intact ; it had not been 
touched, as we hear from the Jews themselves. Certainly 
this preservation of the Jewish temple must have appeared 
to the Egyptians as most offensive and arbitrary, and 
therefore its destruction was resolved upon and carried 
out. They took care to have a Persian leader, so that his 
action should not differ from what Cambyses had done. 

At the time of the native Pharaohs there was a temple 
to Yaho, or Yahu. This name of their God is the Jehovah 
of our Bible, a wrong vocalization which should be read 
Yahveh. In this letter no other god is spoken of as 
being worshipped in the temple. He stands alone. The 



150 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

building itself was large and even costly. Fine doors are 
spoken of, the posts of which were of stone ; the roof was 
made of cedar wood. This shows that the Jewish colony 
at Elephantine was, already under the Pharaohs, rich and 
numerous. They evidently wished to imitate as well 
as they could the Temple of Jerusalem, where no wood was 
used for the roof, except the cedar which Hiram sent 
to Solomon. For timber to come from the Lebanon as 
far as Elephantine would undoubtedly be very expensive. 
But the Jews would not have considered any other wood, 
especially not acacia which was used in Egypt for sanctu- 
aries, as worthy to be employed in God's house. The 
gold and silver vessels deposited in the temple were also 
an imitation of what existed in the Temple of Jerusalem, 
which had been carried away several times, first by Shishak, 
who conquered the country in the time of Rehoboam, 
and lastly by Nebuchadnezzar. 

All the critics declare that the Temple of Elephantine 
was built before the law of Deuteronomy, the date of 
which is the year 621, wherein the unity of the sanctuary is 
prescribed. This unity of the sanctuary has always been 
considered as a proof of the late date of Deuteronomy. 
The question is whether it is really a law and whether there 
is not a different construction to be put on this so-called 
command. 

As Dr. Orr pointed out, there is already in Exodus an 
allusion to one sanctuary, xxiii. 17, 19: " Three times in 
the year all the males shall appear before the Lord God . . . 
The first of the firstfruits of thy groun(i thou shaft bring 
into the house of the Lord thy God." It is obvious that 
a law of this kind could not very well be enforced in the 
desert, where there was no definite spot where the worship 
of God was established and when the people were wander- 
ing from place to place. But let us look at the law itself. 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 151 

It belongs to the last words said to have been spoken 
by Moses to the people, when they were on the border of 
Canaan, close to the land where they were to establish 
themselves after their long desert journey. It is quite 
natural that there should be some change in the tone of 
Moses, who at that moment had a more distinct view of 
what the Israelites would have to do in Canaan, when they 
would be settled in the promised land instead of being 
nomads living under tents for years. 

In reference to the unity of the sanctuary, we read this 
(Deut. xii. 5) : " Unto the place which the Lord your 
God shall choose out of all your tribes to put His name 
there, even unto His habitation shall you seek, and thither 
thou shalt come, and thither ye shall bring your burnt 
offerings and your sacrifices, and your tithes, and the heave 
offering of your hand. ... Ye shall not do after all the 
things that we do here this day, every man whatsoever 
is right in his own eyes : for ye are not as yet come to the 
rest and to the inheritance which the Lord your God 
giveth thee. But when ye go over Jordan, and dwell in 
the land which the Lord your God causeth you to inherit, 
and He giveth you rest from all your enemies round about, 
so that ye dwell in safety ; then it shall come to pass that 
the place which the Lord your God shall choose to cause 
His name to dwell there, thither shall ye bring all that I 
command you ; your burnt offerings and your sacrifices, 
your tithes, and the heave offering of your hand . . . take 
heed to thyself that thou offer not thy burnt offerings in 
every place that thou seest : but in the place that the 
Lord shall choose in one of thy tribes, there thou shalt offer 
thy burnt offerings, and there thou shalt do all that I 
command thee." 

Deuteronomy is supposed to be the law which, accord- 
ing to the critics, never was decreed by Moses. It is a 



152 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

work of the time of Josiah or of Manasseh. For some, 
more respectful to the sacred text, it is the work of a pious 
reformer grieved by the idolatry of the time of IManasseh, 
who dared not bring it forward himself but who hid it in 
the temple where it was found by Hilkiah. Others do not 
hesitate to call it a forgery due to Hilkiah or to the party 
of the priests, who by the artifice of the discovery of the 
law of Moses succeeded in bringing the king to their side. 
This law about the unity of sanctuary under this peculiar 
form had a sufficient authority to be considered as an 
absolute prohibition of raising a temple at any other place 
than Jerusalem. Here only God was to be worshipped. 
Here only burnt offerings were to be brought to the Lord. 

It is certainly very strange if this law is a plagiarism 
of the language of Moses, if it is a positive veto against 
the erection of a house of God anywhere else than at Jeru- 
salem, that the law should have been put in that form. 
It is not a command. It differs entirely from what is 
enacted as binding the Israelites for ever, such as : " Thou 
shaft have no other God but Me." Here we find nothing 
of the kind. Take heed, rrpoaex^ a-eavTM, pay attention. 
It is a recommendation rather than a command, and there 
is no penal sanction, no threat of a terrible punishment 
attached to its violation. The command is only in the 
last words : there thou shalt offer thy burnt offerings^ 
and there thou shalt do aU I command thee. 

Moses had no definite idea of what would take place after 
he had left the Israelites, when they would be in that 
good land wherein he was not allowed to set his foot. 
He only supposes that there will be a place " which the 
Lord shall choose in one of the tribes." He feels certain 
that in the land " which the Lord your God causeth " the 
Israelites " to inherit," . . . where they will live in safety, 
there will be a place set apart as the habitation of the 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 153 

Lord ; but he has no idea of what it will be ; he does not 
think of a house of cedar, of a magniiiccnt and costly 
temple ; he has before his eyes only the Tabernacle and 
the Ark, for which he wants a fixed abode, a place of rest. 

As we said before, no place was set apart until the time 
of Solomon, when the magnificent house of God was 
dedicated, when it was offered to the Lord in the ceremony 
described in the eighth and ninth chapters of the First Book 
of Kings, when the priests " took up the ark, and they 
brought the Ark of the Covenant of the Lord unto its place, 
into the oracle of the house, to the most holy place." 
If the law of the unity of the sanctuary such as it is drawn 
up in Deuteronomy did not exist, surely this was the 
occasion upon which to enact it, and even to proclaim it 
aloud before the people. This would have been the most 
powerful means of establishing for ever that Jerusalem 
and its temple was the place which the Lord had chosen 
among the tribes. If nothing of the kind was done at that 
moment, when this law was the necessary consequence of 
the building of the temple, it seems to prove that the law 
already existed and was well known among the people. 

Let us now consider the date — 621 B.C. — which the critics 
speak of as well established ; and the interpretation which 
they give of the origin of the law of the unique sanctuary. 
Josiah had just come to the throne, after the reign of 
Manasseh who had followed a hne quite contrary to that 
of his father Hezekiah and who had wiped away all 
traces of the partial reform attempted by Hezekiah. 
Josiah was quite young when he succeeded his father, 
and the high priest Hilkiah, with his party, saw that it was 
a favourable occasion to attempt a great reform in which 
they would have the upper hand. It was necessary that 
this reform should originate with the king, and therefore 
they invented the story that a copy of the law had been 



154 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

found in the temple ; they read it to the king, who was so 
strongly impressed that he rent his clothes and forthwith 
set this great reform in motion. The cornerstone of this 
reform was, according to the critics, the unity of the 
sanctuary commanded by the words of Deuteronomy, 
the book said to have been found in the temple and 
attributed to Moses in order to give it greater authority. 
One of the favourite arguments of the critics is the 
argument " a silentio." A law does not exist, because it is 
not observed. This is a quite conventional reasoning 
and contrary to what we see every day. Every civilized 
country has in its legislative armoury a certain number 
of laws which are never observed ; they have fallen into 
disuse ; they are no longer in keeping with the time. The 
older they are the more completely are they forgotten. 
Occasionally one of them may be revived and reappear in 
its somewhat antiquated form. This may have happened 
at the time of Hilkiah. The reformers may have revived 
the words of Moses, they may have quoted his very 
words as they were written down in Deuteronomy, his 
last book, and this would explain the strange form of the 
law of unity and its referring to circumstances quite 
different from those of Josiah's reign. If Hilkiah had 
invented the words of Moses, he would not have given 
them such an inadequate form. They would have been 
a command. A text on which a deep and far-reaching 
reform is based, must be positive and clear, its interpre- 
tation must not be open to any doubt. Here, according 
to the critics, what is for them a law invented by the 
priest and prohibiting absolutely the construction of a 
temple and the celebration of the worship outside of 
Jerusalem, is a text which does not mention Jerusalem 
or any definite place, and in which the idea of a temple 
does not appear and seems totally strange to the author ! 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 155 

Even if we admit that this is the veto to which the critics 
attach such great importance, the building of the temple 
at Elephantine is no argument for asserting its non-exist- 
ence at that time, for it was not binding for the Jews 
settled in Egypt. The colonists at Elephantine, if they 
knew it, had no reason to think that it prevented them from 
building a house to their God Yaho. In certain respects 
their condition was similar to that of their ancestors 
in the desert. " Ye shall not do after all the things that 
we do here this day, every man whatsoever is right in his 
own eyes : for ye are not as yet come to the rest and 
to the inheritance which the Lord your God giveth thee. 
But when ye go over Jordan, and dwell in the land which 
the Lord your God causeth you to inherit, and He giveth 
you rest from all your enemies round about, so that ye 
shall dwell in safety ; then it shall come to pass. ..." 
Undoubtedly the Jews at Elephantine were not dwelling 
"over Jordan," they had not as yet come to their rest and 
their inheritance, and they might justly consider them- 
selves as being allowed to do " whatsoever was right in 
their eyes." It is interesting to see that one of the first 
things they thought of when they were in the Egyptian 
settlement, in a strange land, was to build a temple to their 
national God. In this respect they differed completely 
from their countrymen of the Captivity, who never wished 
to build a temple in their new home, though men like 
Ezra and Nehemiah were powerful enough at the court 
of the Persian Kings to have obtained from these rulers 
permission to have a national sanctuary. But they were 
captives, brought out by force from their native land, 
and they always hoped that their stay in Mesopotamia 
would be only temporary. On the contrary, the Jews in 
Egypt never considered themselves as exiles, they went to 
Egypt of their own freewill. 



156 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

Another proof that the colonists would not have con- 
sidered themselves as bound by the so-called Deuter- 
onomic prohibition, is that long after the year 621 — about 
the year 154 B.C., in the reign of Ptolemy Philometor — 
the high priest Onias, who had fled before Antiochus Eupa- 
tor, built the Temple of Onion at the place now called 
Tel-el- Yahudieh, in the Delta. Not only had Deuteronomy 
existed at that time, even according to the critics, for 
more than 450 years, but the Jews in Egypt had also its 
Greek translation by the LXX. These various facts are 
sufficient to show that the construction of the temple at 
Elephantine does not prove anything as to the late date 
assigned by the critics to Deuteronomy. 

Another statement of first-rate importance, which the 
colonists make in their request, is that since the destruc- 
tion of their temple, they can no longer hold their ser- 
vices ; they cannot fulfil their ceremonies, which consist 
in meal offerings, incense and burnt offerings. There- 
fore they entreat Bagoas to write a letter allowing them 
to reconstruct their sanctuary as it was before, and " on 
the altar of the God Yaho they will offer in His name meal 
offerings, incense and burnt offerings." 

It is impossible to read twice of these rites, by which 
they sum up their worship, without being struck by the 
fact that they are exactly those prescribed by the two 
first chapters of Leviticus, a book entirely assigned by 
the critics to the Priestly Code. In Leviticus these rites 
are described at great length and with minute detail. Here 
again there is no mention of any temple, only of the altar 
before the tent of meeting. And these rites are said to be 
a law decreed during the fifth century with the authority 
of the King of Persia, to regulate the worship of the temple 
newly rebuilt at Jerusalem ! 

This is what we find in Leviticus (ii.) : " When any 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 157 

one offereth an oblation of a meal offering unto the Lord, 
his oblation shall be of fine flour, and he shall pour oil 
upon it and put frankincense thereon. And also (id. 14) 
if thou offer a meal offering of firstfruits unto the Lord, 
thou shalt offer . . . bruised corn of the fresh ear. And 
thou shalt put oil upon it, and lay frankincense thereon : 
it is a meal offering." Frankincense is the accompani- 
ment of meal offering. As for the burnt offerings (i.), what 
is to be done is prescribed in case it should be an offering 
of the herd, a buUock, or an oblation of the herd of the 
sheep, or a burnt offering of fowls. Leviticus lays do^vn 
a very precise ritual in that respect. 

Is not the coincidence of the Aramaic text with this 
chapter very striking ? For the text of the letter imphes 
that this definite kind of worship went back also to the 
time of the kings of Egypt. Temple and ritual were one 
thing which they had lost, and which they asked should 
be restored. They had brought that pecuhar form of 
worship when they came from Palestine to settle in 
Egypt, and when they wished to build a temple to Yaho, 
it was to perform before Him those ceremonies which 
were characteristic of His worship, and were regulated 
by the old laws of Moses. They entreat the governor 
to let them revive their old traditions, to allow them to 
live the rehgious life to which they are attached because 
it had been that of their fathers. They would not have 
spoken in the same tone if their worship had been a 
foreign importation coming from Persia, and established 
not long before in the temple at Jerusalem. 

Some of the critics admit that the Priestly Code contain- 
ing the law was written by Ezra and that it was solemnly 
proclaimed to the people of Jerusalem by Nehemiah in 
the year 445. If this was so, the law must have taken 
some time to reach Egypt, and in that case when the 



158 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

temple at Elephantine was destroyed the worship with a 
Levitical form was a quite recent institution. These 
colonists would not feel for that new ritual, which they 
had not known in their own country, which did not come 
from their fathers, the strong attachment which they 
express in such a touching way in their letter. For since 
it had ceased, owing to the destruction of the temple, 
" they wear mourning clothes and fast, their women are 
like widows, they do not anoint themselves with oil, and 
they drink no \Adne. ' ' They care not to separate the build- 
ing itself from the worship of Yaho ; for them, both belong 
to the same tradition, they appeal to the same recollections. 
" In Thy name they will bring meal offerings, incense 
and burnt offerings to the altar of the God Yaho." A 
curious commentary upon this sentence may be found in 
the Book of Ezra (iii.2), where we read of the Jews when 
they first went back to Jerusalem under the leadership 
of Zerubbabel : " They builded the altar of the God of 
Israel, to offer burnt offerings thereon, as it is written in 
the law of Moses the man of God. And they set the altar 
upon its base . . . and they offered burnt offerings morn- 
ing and evening." For the Jews at Jerusalem, as well 
as for those at Elephantine, the central part of the worship 
consists in the burnt offerings on the altar. It is important 
to notice these words in Ezra : " as it is written in the law 
of Moses." At that time, when the Jews were allowed 
by Cyrus to rebuild their temple — in the year 537-6 — 
there was no " Priestly Code " as yet ; it was seventy or 
eighty years carher than the supposed composition of 
that code ; still Moses is quoted as being the author of 
the law to which they conformed. And this law was not a 
tradition ; it was " written," this word occurs again {iii. 4), 
about the feast of the Tabernacles. " And they kept the 
feast of Tabernacles, as it is written." So the books. 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 159 

or rather the tablets, had been preserved ; perhaps carried 
away from Jerusalem with the precious objects of the 
temple, and restored by Mithredath the treasurer 
(Ezra i. 8). 

Some of the critics admit that the ceremonies mentioned 
in the letter, for instance, the burnt offerings, go back 
to a high antiquity ; they were forms which had crept 
into the worship of the temple and in that way had become 
inveterate customs deeply rooted in the religious habits 
of the people. According to this theory, the Priestly 
Code, being most traditional and conservative in its 
character, would have merely codified, and regulated 
in their details, ceremonies which existed long before. 
This theory does not explain anything as to the beginning 
of the ceremonies ; it supposes a kind of spontaneous 
origin during the centuries of the existence of the temple. 
Besides, we can make the same objection here as we have 
done in the case of the supposed prohibition of Deuter- 
onomy. This codification of old customs is made in 
view of the new temple, built after the Captivity ; it 
will have to be solemnly proclaimed to the people in a 
feast which is a faint rehearsal of the dedication of the 
temple by Solomon. One may well ask here the same 
question as before. Wlien Solomon had completed 
the building, when he solemnly declared that it would 
be devoted to the worship of Yaho, how is it that at that 
unique moment nothing was done to regulate the worship ? 
If there were not as yet fixed laws as to the offerings 
and as to the place to which they were to be brought, 
was, here again, " every man to do whatsover was right 
in his own eyes ? " This seems to be the occasion when 
the laws about the worship would naturally be codified, 
and their observation enforced. Since nothing is said 
about the ceremonies to be celebrated in the future 



i6o ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

and the way in which they were to be performed, we must 
admit that the necessary regulations existed already. This 
seems to be implied in the words spoken by the Lord to 
Solomon (i Kings ix. 5) ... If thou wilt walk before 
Me as David thy father walked, in integrity of heart and 
uprightness to do according to all that I have commanded 
thee, and wilt keep My statutes, and My judgments : 
then I will establish the throne of the kingdom over 
Israel for ever . . . but if ye shall turn away from 
following Me, ye or your children, and not keep My 
commandments and My statutes which I have set before 
you, but shall go and serve other gods, and worship them, 
then . . ." Commandments, statutes, judgments are the 
words designating the law given to Israel by the Lord. In 
this law the moral side and the ceremonial are so intimately 
connected, that it is hardly possible to dissociate them. 
Take, for instance, what is said of the offerings and sacri- 
fices in the first chapter of Leviticus. There the ceremony 
is merely the outcome of the moral and spiritual side of 
reUgion — Solomon could not have one without the other. 
If he had the moral commandments and statutes, he 
certainly had the ritual — the outward acts which cor- 
responded to the moral law and were the visible signs of 
its existence — especially when he had just built a magnifi- 
cent edifice intended to be the central point of the worship. 
Nor would he have the ceremonies without the laws 
explaining why they were established, by what feeling 
they were actuated, and when they were to be performed. 
The same was the case with the Jews at Elephantine ; 
they had not inherited from their fathers a senseless 
ritual, ceremonies void of any meaning. If in the time 
of the Pharaohs, when they had raised the temple, 
they presented meal offerings, incense and burnt offerings, 
they knew why they did so, and for what reason they 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE i6i 

had received the command to do so. I cannot help 
thinking that these few words of the letter, saying that, 
when the temple will be rebuilt as it was before, " they 
will bring meal offerings, incense and burnt-offerings," 
show that when the temple was founded, they already 
observed the law which is attributed by the critics to a 
Priestly Code of so much later date. 

Besides tliis letter, there is another document which 
alludes as clearly as possible to another Mosaic institu- 
tion — the Passover. It is older than the letter and 
even than the destruction of the temple ; it is of the fifth 
year of Darius (419 B.C.). Unfortunately it is so frag- 
mentary, that in the reconstitution there must be a 
great deal of guess work. It is a letter from a man 
called Hanan3'ah, who informs his countrymen that 
the king has sent to the satrap, Arsames, a message con- 
cerning them. From the fifteenth to the twenty-first 
of the Babylonian month Nisan, the Abib of Exodus, 
they have to abstain from leavened bread, which is the 
distinctive feature of the Passover. It looks as if they 
had not been able to do it previously. The observance 
had been perhaps temporarily hindered. I do not believe 
that this decree of the king is enacted for all the Jews 
of the Persian Kingdom, as Prof. Eduard Meyer main- 
tains. It seems, on the contrary, that this decree is 
especially intended for the Jews at Elephantine. Probably 
they had been prevented from celebrating the Passover 
by the Egyptians. The Passover implied the sacrifice 
of a lamb. We must remember that the ram was the 
emblem of Chnub, the local god. The ram was thus the 
sacred animal of the place, and in the way the lamb was 
sacrified at the Passover there may have been something 
repugnant to the Egyptian inhabitants. The Jews were 
obliged to turn to the king and to have his support in 

M 



i62 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

order to be allowed to celebrate their feast according 
to the old ritual. It is quite possible that the sight of 
the sacrifice of the Passover may have increased the 
hatred of the native population against the foreign 
worship, and may have contributed to the destruction 
of the temple where a sacrihce took place which they 
considered a desecration. 

Another very striking feature of the letter to Bagoas is 
that we find in it an echo of the teaching of nearly all 
the prophets, who constantly repeat to the people that 
the value of outward ceremonies is only secondary and 
that what is required of them as of primary importance 
is that they should foUow the commandments of their 
God. Samuel already gave the people that warning on 
the solemn occasion of Saul's return from his campaign 
against the Amalekites (i Sam. xv. 22) : " Hath the 
Lord as great dehght in burnt -offerings and sacrifices, as 
in obeying the voice of the Lord ? Behold, to obey is 
better than sacrifice, and to hearken than the fat of 
rams." In their letter the Jews entreat Bagoas to say 
a word which wiU aUow them to rebuild their temple 
and to restore the worship of their God ; and before 
their God Yaho these acts of kindness will be of greater 
value than that of the man who " offers burnt-offerings 
and sacrifices to the amount of a thousand talents of 
silver." We are here reminded of words in the Book of 
Proverbs to which these words of the Jews appear like a 
commentary : " To do justice and judgment is more 
accepted to the Lord than sacrifice" (Prov. xxi. 3). 

Thus we recognize here not only the form but the 
spirit of the old Mosaic law, and it is not possible to admit 
that all this is the result of a composition of Ezra, brought 
from Babylon, and imported into Palestine forty years 
before. In spite of the shortness of the letter to Bagoas, 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 163 

we can say that the facts it mentions mihtate distinctly 
against the late date of the Priestly Code, and in favour 
of the Mosaic origin of the law. 

The Language 

Just as the Tel-el-Amarna tablets were a revelation 
as regards the language which was written in Palestine 
at the end of the Eighteenth Dynasty, the Elephantin6 
papyri have given us an equally great surprise in showing 
us that the language spoken and written by the Hebrews 
in Egypt was Aramaic. The explanation generally given 
for this unexpected fact is that the Hebrews had given 
up their native language, and adopted that of the country 
of their rulers, the Persians, at the same time keeping 
their own tongue for rehgious purposes only. 

This explanation does not seem to agree with the facts 
as we know them from the papyri. In the letter to Bagoas 
the Jews state clearly that their temple had been built 
by their fathers at the time of the Egyptian kings. This 
temple was standing when Cambyses invaded the country, 
and the Persian conqueror respected it. It was not 
destroyed, though he did destroy those of the Egyptians. 
If the temple of the Jews dated from the time of the 
native Pharaohs, it must have been erected when the 
Twenty-sixth D3masty, the Saites, reigned over Egypt, 
a time when the Israelites flocked to Egypt both as 
mercenaries and through fear of the Assyrians, when 
there was no Captivity as yet, and no Persian dominion. 

The Israelites of Migdol and Noph brought to Egypt 
their own language, as would be especially likely since 
they preserved also their form of worship and their God. 
If they had changed their language they would have 
adopted that of the land where they settled rather than 
Aramaic — the language of a country hostile to the 



i64 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

Eg3^ptians, and with which they had no intercourse. 
If Aramaic was not their language, brought from Palestine, 
we must admit that at some given moment there was a 
complete change. They gave up their native idiom so 
thoroughly that the new one became the popular language. 
For we know from the finds at Elephantine that the usual 
pieces of writing, the familiar letters, the most trivial 
notices, for which they used potsherds as we do with scraps 
of paper, were all written in Aramaic. 

If this change took place, is it possible to fix any reason 
or any date for it ? It cannot have been earlier than 
the establishment of the Persian rule. Why should 
the Jews have anticipated the new state of things and 
adapted themselves beforehand to an organization which 
did not exist ? Cambyses did not remain long in Egypt, 
and if his successors established a Persian administration 
in the country, that does not mean that they changed 
the language, nor even that the officials were obliged to 
write to their ruler in his tongue. It is not so in the Tel- 
el-Amarna tablets ; the subordinates of Amenophis III 
do not write to him in Egyptian. They use their own 
idiom and their own script ; and if such is the practice of 
governors writing official documents, much more is it to 
be expected from men who are the priests of the Temple of 
Yaho, and who speak not only for themselves, but in the 
name of the whole population of the place. They would 
not use a foreign tongue. If the Persians had abolished 
the religion of the Jews, and compelled them to adopt 
another one, a change of language would have followed. 
But, on the contrary, they were very respectful to 
the worship of Yaho ; when they were playing havoc 
with the Egyptians' sanctuaries they had not touched 
that of Elephantine. Language and religion are always 
intimately connected in the case of these old nations. 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 165 

It is therefore hardly possible tc doubt that the Jews, 
who came to Egypt in large numbers, at the time of 
Josiah and probably before, spoke and wrote Aramaic. 
This was the language which they brought from their 
country. Aramaic, the language spoken at Jerusalem 
at the time of our Lord, was known and used in Palestine 
before the Captivity, before the Hebrews returned from 
Babylon. This seems to be the conclusion we have to 
draw from the language of the papyri found at Elephantine. 

In considering a language hke Aramaic, we must not 
be ruled too completely by principles which have pre- 
vailed too long in linguistic studies ; we have to look 
more at what takes place at the present day. A language 
is not encircled by pohtical boundaries. It can spread 
far beyond the limits of the country where it is sup- 
posed to have originated ; it may have many dialects, 
some of which are transitions to the idiom of a neighbour- 
ing nation, as we find now with the German spoken in 
Alsace. Some of the dialects may have been written, 
and some may be mere speech. It is certainly an error 
to suppose that a language is the exclusive property of a 
nation, and that the presence in the same region of two 
idioms which are not identical, proves the simultaneous 
presence of different ethnic elements. Also a very im- 
portant fact, too often disregarded and left aside, is 
that what is called the language of a nation consists 
of two or three elements, more or less different : the 
idiom of the common people, which is generally not written, 
the literary language, that of books of legal or official 
documents, and perhaps also, especially in antiquity, that 
of religion. This is found to be the fact in a reduced 
degree at the present day in nearly all the countries of 
Europe, in spite of the uniformity produced by school 
and education. The colloquial idiom of an Enghsh peasant 



i66 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

or a Scotch workman is not that of the newspapers, nor 
that of the Authorized Version. 

Anthropology has long ago dispelled the idea that 
language and race correspond exactly to each other ; 
language is not always a racial sign, nor even does 
it usually mark an ethnic difference. Therefore I cannot 
admit — what is still the base of historical systems, even 
in recent books — the idea that Aramaic was the language 
of a nation called the Arameans, and Assyrian the language 
of Assyria, or that the existence in Assyria of Aramaic 
documents proves the invasion of Mesopotamia by 
Arameans who at last became predominant, since their 
language was the only one in use. 

Babylonian or Ass^nrian and Aramaic have existed 
together in the same nation. They are parallel idioms. 
I beheve we have positive proofs of this assertion. Here 
I must revert to the fact upon which I insisted in the first 
chapter, and the importance of which cannot be under- 
rated. Babylonian and Assyrian are always written in 
cuneiform. No Assyrian document is found in any other 
script. On the other hand cuneiform can only be pressed 
on wet clay. It cannot be written on any soft material 
like paper or skin. Cuneiform, therefore, was not sufficient 
for the requirements of common life, and it was absolutely 
necessary to have another script, which was Aramaic. 
We have positive proofs of this. 

Aramaic has been spoken by different nations, and is 
not the property of the inhabitants of one definite country. 
The name Aramean may have been applied to a man or a 
people who spoke Aramaic, just as in our time in a French- 
speaking country one would call " un Allemand " any 
one who speaks German, whether he be Swiss, Austrian, or 
German. It seems that Aram in the Old Testament is a 
name similar to that of the Anu in the Egyptian inscrip- 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 167 

tions. Just as there are various kinds of Anu, there are 
also several Aram : Aram-Naharaim is most frequently 
met with, and translated by the LXX Mesopotamia, 
Aram Zobah and of Beth-rehob (2 Sam. x. 6) and others 
are also found. We must consider Aram as standing for 
an ethnic group — the most important one of the old 
Semitic branch— and we must not forget that the Hebrews 
considered themselves to be Arameans. 

We have positive proofs that Assyrian or Babylonian 
and Aramaic existed at the same time, in the same country, 
parallel to each other. The simultaneous presence of the 
two languages has been explained by the fact that the 
Arameans had invaded Mesopotamia, and that although 
their political power had been broken, they had succeeded 
in acquiring a great influence in the land, especially in 
the economic hfe of the nation. They concentrated the 
commerce in their hands, so that their language was not 
only used for trade, but became in the ninth century B.C. 
the diplomatic language of Western Asia, as Babylonian 
cuneiform had been in the fifteenth. Aramaic became so 
necessary and so useful, that possibly an Aramaic chancery 
was estabUshed by the side of the Assyrian. In contracts 
Aramean officials appear as witnesses, and King Esar- 
haddon prays his god Shamash for the happiness of his 
Assyrian and his Aramaic writers. 

The character of the bihngual documents seems to 
exclude the idea that the two languages belonged to two 
different peoples. 

Let us consider once more what cuneiform is. It is 
not a writing ; it is an impression which can be produced 
only on wet clay. It is used for rehgion, for law, for con- 
tracts, for letters to be carried abroad, for treaties, for 
historical records, for any document which must be 
abiding. This alphabet marks a language which differed 



i68 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

from the colloquial idiom ; as in our time that of a judge 
or a clergyman differs from the speech of the man in the 
street. It was not popular ; it could be read only by 
men having a certain education and training, priests or 
professional writers. 

Being suited for one material only, this method of 
writing was absolutely inappropriate for trade and for 
the requirements of ordinary life, when it was necessary 
to write on paper, skin, potsherds, wood, or anything 
which was at hand. It was absolutely necessary to have 
another, and I have no hesitation in saying that that 
other was Aramaic. 

Among the Assyrian sculptures have been found scenes 
representing scribes writing down the number of the slain. 
They have long roUs which may be either papyrus or 
skin — some flexible material — and they inscribe on these 
rolls the number of heads brought to them, a mode of 
reckoning the losses of the enemy which was still in use 
in some eastern countries not very long ago. Certainly 
these scribes do not write cuneiform ; they must have 
used a script suitable to the material which they unrolled. 

As proof that what these scribes wrote was really 
Aramaic, we can bring forward the exceedingly interesting 
bilingual documents. Amongst the first discovered were 
the bronze weights in the form of lions, belonging to the 
end of the eighth century. They have Assyrian cuneiform 
and Aramaic inscriptions. The Assyrian gives the date 
of the object, and the name of the king. This is the 
official part, the royal mark of the weight, but its height, 
the number of units it represented, is given in Aramaic, 
and the Aramaic does not contain anything else. Aramaic 
was thus the popular script, that which the tradespeople 
could read. What they cared for was the quantity, the 
weight expressed. This is what they wanted, and not 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 169 

the royal name. Just so in our time, the shopkeeper reads 
on his weight the number of pounds it is worth, and not 
the armorial bearings of the State, or the official mark, 
whatever it is, indicating that the weight is correct. 

Still more convincing are the Assyrian tablets with 
Aramaic dockets written on the side. These tablets are 
generally contracts — the most popular kind of cuneiform 
documents — and these dockets give in Aramaic the 
names of the people concerned, and also a short summary 
of what the tablet contains. One of the most ancient 
is of the time of Sennacherib (687 B.C.). It gives the 
name of the vendor who owns three shops. The docket 
is for the people who could not read the official cuneiform. 
It is in the language and script which they used every day. 

Here we again have a proof of the simultaneous exist- 
ence of two forms of the language, just as we find even now 
in civihzed countries. The language of rehgion, of law, 
and of all important documents is not that of the people ; 
there may be a great amount of local differences, the 
idiom of the people may change, it may evolve, while 
the official language keeps for much longer its original 
form. In this case there is also the difference of script 
for cuneiform could never be popular. This tablet 
shows that already in Sennacherib's time the popular 
language and the popular script was Aramaic, while 
everything official or legal was written in Assyrian cunei- 
form, as were also rehgious or literary compositions 
which had to be preserved. 

Languages are not limited by political frontiers, especi- 
ally when these frontiers may change through conquests 
or invasions. There are languages which spread in 
the neighbourhood, and enlarge the area which they 
occupy ; at the same time they drive away languages 
belonging to nations less numerous and less powerful, so 



170 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

that at last the latter may be restricted to a small area 
and become extinct. There is an example of this in 
Switzerland. There a language special to one of the 
cantons, with a literature — the Romanche of the canton 
Grisons — is diminishing rapidly, and although efforts 
are made to keep it up, it will soon disappear and be 
swamped by German, which is spoken by the majority 
of the population of Switzerland. In the same way we 
may imagine Aramaic, which was spoken by a large and 
warlike population, gaining ground over Hebrew and 
spreading rapidly in Palestine by conquest or by com- 
mercial intercourse. This would be the more easily the 
case, since the Hebrews belonged to the same ethno- 
graphic group as the Assyrians, for they considered 
themselves Arameans. No wonder then that Aramaic 
should have spread to some parts of Palestine, and that it 
was brought to Egypt by the Hebrews who settled there. 
The Hebrews understood Aramaic, and the Assyrians 
could speak the language of the Jews. There is only a 
difference of dialect between the two. In this respect 
there is a most instructive passage on the occasion of the 
siege of Jerusalem by the Assyrians (2 Kings xviii. 26 ; cf. 
Is. xxxvi. II). When Rabshakeh comes near the walls 
of the city and meets the messengers of Hezekiah, to 
whom he brings his master's threats, the three officers 
say to him : " Speak, I pray thee, to thy servants in the 
Aramean language ; for we understand it : and speak not 
with us in the Jew's language, in the ears of the people 
that are on the wall." Rabshakeh met this request with 
the utmost contempt : " Then Rabshakeh stood and 
cried with a loud voice in the Jew's language ..." His 
words have even that coarseness which appeals to the 
lowest ; he used such words purposely because he did 
not come to speak to the king, or to make an arrangement 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 171 

with him about his submission to the Assyrian conqueror ; 
on the contrary, he wished to induce Hezekiah's men to 
abandon him, he promised them peace until they should 
be transported to a country better than their own. 

In order to be understood it was necessary that he 
should speak the language of the people, not that of the 
educated, but of the common soldier, of the man who had 
left his field for the defence of Jerusalem. Aramaic in 
the time of Sennacherib was the language of the trade, and 
probably of the national intercourse, of the numerous and 
powerful Mesopotamians with their weaker neighbours. 
Therefore the people who had a certain education in 
Palestine knew it and very hkely could write it. Men 
like Ehakim, who was over the household, Shebna the 
scribe, and Joah the recorder, were instructed in Aramaic 
and perhaps made great use of it ; for the men of the 
people, Aramaic was " another tongue," in so far as the 
popular dialect is different from a written and Hterary 
language, just as French differs from the patois which 
were, or perhaps are still, spoken in some remote parts of 
France, or German from the dialects of the various can- 
tons of Switzerland. It is not many years since one could 
meet in Savoy, a French-speaking country, people who 
spoke only patois and could not understand French ; 
the same was true with German in some remote valleys of 
the Alps. In both cases we have present side by side 
idioms belonging to the same family, to the same linguistic 
group, but sufficiently separated to sound like something 
unknown to the uneducated. Jewish (lovSaiaTi) and 
Aramaic were in this relation to each other. Jewish is 
here the language spoken to the people on the wall. 

In the other passage where " Jewish " is mentioned, 
it is put in the same rank as the dialects spoken at a 
short distance. This is in Nchemiah xiii. 23 : "In 



172 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

those days also saw I Jews that had married women of 
Ashdod, of Ammon, and of Moab, and their children 
spoke half in the speech of Ashdod {'A^oDnaTi) and could 
not speak in the Jew's language (lovSaVcrTi), but according 
to the language of each people." Ashdod was a city of 
the Philistines near the sea, both Ammon and Moab 
were on the east of the Jordan, so that, according to the 
passage, east and west of Judea were spoken so-called 
" languages " which were not Jewish, Ammon had not 
the same as Moab, each people had its own, so that the 
country was divided amongst many local dialects, one 
of which was Jewish ; and in these two passages, the only 
ones in the Old Testament where Jewish is mentioned, 
it clearly means the dialect spoken in Judea. 

Hezekiah the King, hke the men of his household, 
could read Aramaic. When Sennacherib, upon receiving 
threatening reports about Egypt, was obliged to raise the 
siege of Lachish and to march against Libnah, he sent a 
letter to Hezekiah. This letter from a camp must have 
been written by one of those scribes such as are represented 
as counting the trophies on a battlefield and writing on a 
roll of papyrus or skin ; it could not be cuneiform. It 
was Aramaic, the common language of Sennacherib's 
time, as we know from the tablets. It seems probable 
that the letter was a roll. After Hezekiah had read it, 
" he went up to the house of the Lord and spread it 
before the Lord." The word of the LXX dveirrv^ev 
is to be translated " unrolled it," Vulg. expandit. This 
shows clearly that it was not a tablet. If, on the contrary, 
the King of Assyria had sent to Hezekiah a treaty of peace, 
an important document which had to be preserved, and 
to be put in the archives, it would have been a tablet 
written in cuneiform. 

By Hezekiah's time Aramaic had already spread in 



THE PAPYRI FROM ELEPHANTINE 173 

Palestine, certainly among the educated, as we see from 
this narrative, and it must have gained much ground 
through the invasion of the Assyrians, owing much of its 
spread to trade and to the influence which a great empire 
is sure to exert over a small and weak country fast tending 
towards disruption. Therefore we cannot but admit 
that the Jews who settled in Egypt brought Aramaic 
with them, it was the language which they wrote already 
in their native country ; and not only was it the written 
language, the literary idiom, but it was also used in every- 
day life, since tlie ostraca are also written in Aramaic. 

Hebrew is not the language of the colonists at Elephan- 
tine. The learned editor of the papyri, Professor Sachau, 
after speaking of Aramaic, which does not differ from 
Hebrew more than a German dialect from another, adds 
these significant words : " With the keenest interest I have 
searched every bit, every fragment, from Elephantine in 
the hope of finding something Hebrew, but in vain. The 
Jewish colony at Elephantine had Hebrew names, but 
everything written was in Aramaic. For me also this 
fact was surprising. ' ' Then Professor Sachau describes the 
growth of Aramaic, which in his opinion appeared under 
the Sargonide Dynasty, and which increased in such a 
way that at Christ's time all the Semites north of Arabia, 
and Christ Himself, spoke Aramaic. 

Not only did the colonists write and speak Aramaic, 
but they never used the Canaanite writing, which seems 
to have been for them " another tongue." There have 
been found at Elephantine a certain number of Phoenician 
inscriptions ; they are generally on amphoras, either on the 
belly or on the handle, and contain a proper name dis- 
tinctly Phoenician, with an indication of the measure. To 
what these names refer it is difficult to say. Professor 
Sachau inclines to think that they are the names of the 



174 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

potters who had at the same time to control the measure. 
In that case one would expect to find the same name 
occurring repeatedly among these inscriptions, because 
one can hardly suppose that there were so many Phoenician 
potters at Elephantine. 

It seems more natural to attribute the presence of these 
vases and these inscriptions, as Professor Eduard Meyer 
does to the wine trade between Phoenicia and Eg\-pt, of 
which we know from this statement of Herodotus : " Twice 
ayearwine is brought into Eg\-pt from ever\' part of Greece, 
as well as from Phoenicia, in earthen jars." The \vine and 
oil which filled the cellar of Omri of Samarai came perhaps 
also from Phoenicia, and therefore the ostraca found there 
were in that script. Whatever may be the origin of these 
inscriptions at Elephantine, one thing seems certain : 
for the Jews at Elephantine, the Canaanite script, always 
considered as their own and in which all their books are 
generally supposed to have been written, was something 
alien and used only by strangers. 

The Jews at Elephantine had a temple where they 
celebrated the Passover, and where they made sacrifices 
as prescribed in Le\iticus. A question naturally arises 
here : Did they have the book of the law ? Here again 
we cannot express more than a conjecture. It is possible 
that they had Deuteronomy, that part of the law of Moses 
re\'ived by King Josiah, and read in the language of the 
day to the assembled people. The book could not be 
in cuneiform tablets, which the Jews ignored even more 
than the mass of the Arameans, it must have been in the 
popular form and language in Mesopotamia, Aramaic, 
the more so since it was written on papyrus. The 
transition from the cuneiform to Aramaic we have seen in 
the bilingual tablets. 



CHAPTER VI 
ARAMAIC 

Ezra 

EZRA undoubtedly played an important part in all 
matters connected with the law. As we read in 
his book (vii. 6), " he was a ready scribe in the law of Moses 
which the Lord the God of Israel had given." Ezra had 
set his heart to seek the law of the Lord and to do it, and 
to teach in Israel statutes and judgments {id. lo). He 
seems to have found extraordinary favour with the King 
Artaxerxes, since in the seventh year of his reign the king 
issued a decree allowing Ezra to go to Jerusalem ^vith a 
certain number of his countrymen, and providing him 
with all that was necessary for the worship, especially for 
sacrifices, and giving him a right " to appoint magistrates 
and judges, which may judge all the people that are 
beyond the river, all such as know the laws of thy God ; 
and teach ye him that knoweth them not" (vii. 25). 

This was the second return from the Captivity, which 
took place in the year 458, nearly sixty years after the 
dedication of the temple under Darius in 516. On his 
arrival, Ezra found that the inhabitants of Jerusalem 
had broken the commandments of the law of Moses 
(Ezra ix.), that " the priests and the Levites had not 
separated themselves from the people of the land, doing 
according to their abominations. . . ." For, to quote his 

175 



176 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

words, " they had taken of their daughters for themselves 
and for their sons, so that the holy seed have mingled 
themselves with the peoples of the land : yea the hand of 
the princes and rulers hath been chief in this trespass." 
Ezra describes the shock which he received on hearing 
from the princes what the state of things was, so that " he 
sat astonied until the evening oblation." We have 
his pra^^er and his confession, which impressed the people 
so strongly that they gathered together unto him and 
made a covenant with God to put away all their wives, 
and such as were born of them that it should be done 
according to the law. A certain number of priests with 
clJers and judges were appointed, before whom all who 
had married strange wives were to appear so that they 
might be separated from their wives, and that they might 
give their hand that they would put their wives away. 
Here Ezra's narrative breaks off. Certainly it would 
be surprising, if, as according to the critics he did, he came 
to Jerusalem to effect a reformation based on laws which 
he had himself written under the name of Moses, that he 
should be so completely upset upon seeing that these laws 
had been violated. His language to the people would 
not have been understood. When he prays for them, he 
appeals to facts they knew and had known for generations, 
and his feelings are re-echoed by his hearers who assemble 
in great number, confessing their guilt. There is no 
opposition against Ezra's condemnation of their conduct : 
on the contrary, on hearing his words, they declare at once 
that they are quite willing to act in accordance with God's 
commandments and to dismiss their strange wives with 
their children. Would they have felt guilty at once, if 
the recollection of the old Mosaic law had not been sud- 
denly revived in their minds so strongly that they dared 
not go against it, but submitted at once to its dictates, 



ARAMAIC 177 

though to do so must have been a hardship for some of 
them. 

We hear no more of Ezra for thirteen years. Probably 
he returned to Mesopotamia, and during his absence from 
Jerusalem the Jews seem to have been " in great affliction 
and reproach " ; the walls were broken down, and the 
gates burnt with fire. What happened at that time we 
hear from Nehemiah. He, hearing the history of the 
people at Jerusalem, says in his prayer (Neh. i. 7) : " We 
have not kept the commandments, nor the statutes, nor 
the judgments which Thou commandedst Thy servant 
Moses." For him also, the law which has been broken is 
the law of God given by Moses. 

When Nehemiah had rebuilt the walls of Jerusalem, he 
celebrated the feast of Tabernacles (Neh. viii.), and, to 
make it more solemn, the people " spoke unto Ezra the 
scribe to bring the book of the law of Moses which the 
Lord had commanded to Israel. And Ezra the priest 
brought the law before the congregation . . . and he read 
therein . . . from early morning till midday. . . . And 
Ezra opened the book in the sight of all the people . . . 
and when he had opened it, all the people stood up." 

From these passages, we gather that the people \^dshed 
to hear the law of Moses, the command w^iich the great 
prophet had received from the Lord. For them, the law 
was the words of the great legislator. This law was in a 
book which had to be opened, probably a roll of papyrus 
or skin, therefore it was not a text written on a tablet in 
cuneiform. This is an important point to note. 

But more important still is that which we read next 
(v. 7) :" The Levites caused the people to understand . . . 
and they read in the book, in the law of God distinctly," 
or, as the margin says, " with an interpretation," 
" and they gave the sense, so that they understood the 



178 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

reading," or, " and caused them to understand." This 
seems to show clearly that the law was not wTitten in the 
language spoken by the hearers. " So that they under- 
stood the reading " cannot mean that they spoke loudly 
enough or distinctly enough to be heard. It is clear that, 
when an assembly wants to listen to the reading of the 
law, those chosen to read it would be those who have a 
good voice, reaching far enough. We may compare the 
Levite who acted on that occasion to the Mohammedan 
priest, to the muezzin who call to prayer from the minarets, 
or to the imams who read the Koran in the mosques. 

The law itself was sufficiently simple and clear. There 
was nothing intricate or mysterious in its decrees, it did 
not require an extraordinary intelligence, or an initiation 
of any kind, so that these words of the margin, " they read 
with an interpretation," and the following sentence, 
" and they gave the sense, so that they understood the 
reading," cannot in my opinion mean anything else than 
this : They put it in the popular language, so that the 
people could understand. It is not properly a trans- 
lation, since we have here only a difference of dialect. 
It is exactly as if in our times a German-speaking clergy- 
man were to explain Luther's Bible in one of the dialects 
of Germany or Switzerland. 

We have seen before that the language of the inhabitants 
of Jerusalem is called Jewish : it had already that name 
in the time of Hezekiah. Bibhcal scholars have generally 
considered that this " Jewish " meant Hebrew, the 
Hebrew of Scripture. Then the law was not written 
in Jewish, or the hearers would not have needed any 
explanation. In my opinion, to which we shall revert 
further, it was written in Aramaic, the popular form, the 
book form of cuneiform, and these passages seem to 
confirm what was suggested before : that Jewish was a 



ARAMAIC 179 

spoken idiom, the dialect of Jerusalem and Judea, but not 
a written language. 

On the twenty and fourth day of the seventh month, the 
Jews celebrated a feast of humiliation and made a cove- 
nant and wrote it, that they should keep the law and 
serve the Lord. The prayer which precedes it is a short sum- 
mary of the history of the Israelites. There is mentioned 
this most important fact : " Thou madest known unto 
them Thy holy sabbaths, and commandest them command- 
ments and statutes and a law, by the hand of Moses Thy 
servant " (Neh. ix. 14). Once more (xiii. i) Nehemiah 
quotes the book of Moses, in which was written the pro- 
hibition that no Ammonite or Moabite should enter the 
assembly of God. The law is everywhere attributed to 
Moses, and if, according to the critics, it is not the work of 
the great lawgiver, every mention of his name is a deliber- 
ate falsehood. In the mouth of Ezra, who is said by some 
critics to be the author of the Priestly Code, which con- 
tains the greater part of the ceremonial law, it is the fraud 
of a conscious forger. 

" Ezra was a ready scribe in the law of Moses, which the 
Lord God of Israel had given (Ezra vii. 3) ; he had set 
his heart to seek the law of the Lord and to do it, and to 
teach in Israel statutes and judgments " {id. 10). Besides, 
Artaxerxes speaks of " the law of thy God which is in thine 
hand " {id. 15). Shall we take these passages as meaning 
that Ezra wrote the law which fills the greatest part of the 
four last books of the Pentateuch. In that case, when he 
speaks of the law of God given by Moses, he is guilty of a 
plain deception. He may have consulted the works of the 
Elohist and the Jahvist, those two supposed writers who 
both wrote books about the history of Israel, the length and 
purpose of which are absolutely unknown to us : perhaps 
|ie recorded and codified old customs which, according to 



i8o ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

some critics, had crept into the ser\'ice of the temple ; but, 
anyhow, the greatest part of the law is his work ; the name 
of Moses is there merely to deceive his hearers and to give 
to his words the necessary authority. In fact, the critics, 
both in the case of Ezra and in that of Deuteronomy, 
want us to believe that his work is nothing but forgery. 
Even if it is not Ezra who is guilty of this deceit, it is the 
anonymous and unknown author of the Priestly Code, so 
that the imposture is the same. 

One thing is rather astonishing. If Ezra wished to come 

forward before his countrymen as a God-sent legislator, 

why did he not appear as a prophet ? ^^^ly did he not 

say, hke Isaiah or Jeremiah : " Thus saith the Lord " ? 

Instead of that, he is a scribe who appeals to old traditions, 

and who constantly hides himself behind the person of 

Moses. But certainly in his time the name of Moses must 

have had very little weight with his countrymen. What 

could they know about him ? If we adopt the theories of 

the critics, he had not witten anything, the records of the 

birth of the people of Israel were not due to him, they 

were a narrative by two different and recent writers living 

at an interval of more than a century : the same authors 

had related only part of the events of the Exodus and the 

Hfe in the desert. Deuteronomy, a document of the sixth 

century, which contained part of the laws, had been the 

cause of an ephemeral reform which had had no morrow. 

As for the bulk of the ceremonial laws, it did not yet exist. 

What kind of prestige, of authority, could the name and 

the work of Moses have had for them since he was but a 

man first named in a document of the ninth century ? 

Ezra's appeal could be listened to only if he reminded them 

of laws which his countrymen knew and of which the 

authority had been recognized by generations. If the 

documents about the history of Israel are not what they 



ARAMAIC i8i 

are said to be, the long prayer pronounced by the Jews 
on the day of humUiation (Neh. ix.), especially the first 
half of it, must have been quite new language to most of 
the hearers. The whole narrative in this prayer, from the 
choice of Abram to the conquest of Canaan, must have 
been another forgery Uke that of the law. 

Taking the text of Scripture as we read it, Ezra must 
have been a man learned for his time, who was occupied 
with the study of the law. That probably means that he 
was chiefly occupied with the Pentateuch, with the books 
of Moses. The Jewish traditions attribute to him all 
kinds of works, some of them quite impossible ; two of the 
most important are the setthng of the canon of Scripture, 
and the introduction of the Aramaic character. Various 
scholars have considered that that Aramaic must have been 
the square Hebrew, which is a derivative, not from the 
Phoenician, or Canaanite, but from Aramaic. But, 
considering the circumstances in which Ezra lived, the fact 
that for many years he inhabited Mesopotamia, where 
Aramaic was the written language, that he spoke Aramaic 
with the king, that the laws of the King of Persia and the 
letter which Artaxerxes gave him were in Aramaic, 
that the requests addressed to the king " were written in 
the Aramaic character, and set forth in the Aramaic 
tongue " (Ezra iv. 8), it seems natural to conclude that 
the Aramaic which he adopted was not the square Hebrew, 
but Aramaic proper. That he knew Aramaic, that he 
could speak and write it, is beyond dispute ; his book is 
a proof of it, for several chapters are written in that 
language. 

Even if we admit that Old Hebrew was a script and an 
idiom for books, we do not see how Ezra could pass from 
the Canaanite alphabet to square Hebrew, which is a 
modified form of Aramaic, without having first passed 



i82 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

through the stage of Mesopotamian Aramaic, the script 
of the bihngual tablets and of the papyri. If square 
Hebrew were derived from Canaanite, one would under- 
stand the change easily ; but it is not. The square 
Hebrew letters are modifications of Aramaic ; those who 
invented those characters must have used first the original 
type from which they shaped their new letters. 

Ezra was a scribe, a learned man. In Mesopotamia, 
that means a man who could read the two ^\Titings in use 
in the land : the Aramaic, the popular language, the 
script of trade written on papyrus or skin, and the cunei- 
form, used for religious and legal documents, and engraved 
on clay tablets. We should therefore say that the chief 
work of Ezra was to do what the Assyrian scribes did for 
contracts, to turn into Aramaic the cuneiform tablets of 
the law of Moses. The law was in his hand, so says the 
king, so he must have seen and have been able to study 
these tablets. How did they come to Babylon ? We do 
not know ; perhaps with the contents and furniture of the 
temple, with the vessels and the gold and silver carried 
away by Nebuchadnezzar (Ezra v. 14), and which had 
been kept apart. 

Ezra, we suppose, made a book with the cuneiform 
tablets written by Moses, he arranged them in order, put 
them each in its proper place, so as to make a running and 
continuous text. In this respect he must have found a 
difference between the tablets, between the ones which 
referred to the events previous to the arrival of the 
Hebrews in Egypt and the later ones. The first must 
have been brought from Mesopotamia by Abram when 
he settled in Canaan ; those relating to Arbraham's and 
Isaac's life, we may suppose, were brought to Egypt with 
Jacob and his family. These tablets were not only part 
of the genealogy of Jacob, they were also the title-deeds of 



ARAMAIC 1S3 

the covenant made by the Lord with the family of Jacob ; 
they were Jacob's and his family's patent of nobility. It 
is well known what a great value the Eastern nations attach 
to genealogy, which they preserve religiously, even for 
their horses. In remote antiquity, genealogies were the 
only records of events ; there was no other history than 
such family records. But these yearly tablets though 
rewritten by Moses, had no literary connexion, they were 
not a book, and that is, as we saw, what gives to the first 
part of Genesis the character of an aggregate of separate 
pieces ?put side by side. 

It was quite different with the tablets written to tell 
the story of what had happened since Jacob settled in 
Egypt. There Moses had a clear and distinct tradition ; 
he could see the body of the man who had played the most 
important part in that history. He could write a running 
narrative, a series of tablets, like several which have been 
preserved, where the connexion from one to the other is 
indicated by the last word, or by the last sentence of one 
tablet being repeated on the next. That is the reason 
why we cannot trace the tablets in Exodus or the following 
books as easily as in the beginning of Genesis. 

Ezra thus made a book out of the writings of Moses, 
he wrote them out on a roll of papyrus or probably of 
skin. This book the Jews asked Ezra to bring before the 
congregation (Neh. viii. i) : " And Ezra opened the book 
in the sight of all the people ; and when he had opened it, 
all the people stood up " [id. 5). This shows that he did 
not read from tablets, and, since a roll could not be written 
in cuneiform, it could only be Aramaic. Ezra did for the 
law of Moses what many Mesopotamian scribes must have 
often done for their rehgious or legal documents. He 
merely followed the practice of the country which he 
inhabited, and wherein he was probably born. In this 



i84 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

conception of his work there is nothing which is not in 
accordance with the customs of the time. That Ezra 
wrote in Aramaic, we can see also from some of the 
chapters of his book. 

We must admire the way he arranged the tablets of 
Moses, especially those of Genesis, which are the most 
ancient and not connected together as the later are. 
He was evidently himself imbued with the idea which is the 
leading principle of the whole book. The purport of 
Genesis is to show how all events converged towards the 
choice of Israel as the elect, and this idea Ezra certainly 
cherished, and it guided him in his work. As we saw 
before, the order adopted may not have been strictly 
chronological. History or chronology, in the modern 
sense, were not his aim. He had a higher task : he had 
to repeat the work of Moses in showing to his countrymen 
that they were God's people on condition that they should 
keep His laws and commandments and not go after other 
gods. 

Another point is here of the greatest importance in 
regard to the assertions of the critics. Ezra wrote in 
Aramaic. Then, if he is the author of the Priestly Code, 
the work most often considered as the groundwork of the 
Pentateuch, this document was in Aramaic. Therefore, 
like the supposed work of the Elohist and the Jahvist, 
we have not got it in its original language, and the dis- 
section] of the book has been practised on a text in a 
different script and in a different idiom from that in which 
it was originally composed. Textual criticism is here as 
much out of place as with the other parts of Genesis ; the 
very basis of the theory fails here as before. 

Even if it were not Ezra who wrote the Priestly Code, 
but some unknown Jew of post-exilian time, since his 
writing comes from Mesopotamia these religious laws, 



ARAMAIC 185 

supported by the king of Persia's authority and taught 
to the people at the same time as the poHtical laws of the 
kingdom, could hardly have been in any other language 
than Aramaic. Besides, if they had been in another idiom, 
they would not have been understood nor have been 
binding for Jews who, like those at Elephantine, spoke 
and wrote Aramaic. One cannot conceive the Priestly 
Code otherwise than in Aramaic. Therefore we do not 
read it to-day in its original language. 

The books of the law put by Ezra into Aramaic must 
have been those which the priests used at Jerusalem, the 
more so since Aramaic seems to have spread more and 
more in the country, so as to become the language of the 
people at the time of our Lord. Certainly, two hundred 
years after Ezra, Aramaic must have been more deeply 
rooted among the inhabitants of Judea than when he 
came over from Mesopotamia. Therefore, when the king 
of Egypt, Ptolemy Philadelphus, asked for the books of the 
Jews to translate them and to add them to his library, 
the thin films, which Josephus describes as covered with 
gold characters, were written upon in Aramaic. This 
seems to be confirmed by what the same author says 
[Antiq. Jud. xv. ii. i) that the characters of the books 
of the Jews were similar to those of the Syrians, and that 
their language sounded alike, but that it was of a peculiar 
kind. Some of the translators have understood this 
sentence as meaning that these books were in a language 
distinct from the Syrian, but I cannot agree with this 
interpretation. These words of "a peculiar kind " 
tStoT/aoTTo? seem to me to refer much more to the general 
character of the books. The librarian of the king, Deme- 
trius of Phaleron, says to the king that these books would 
be very difficult to translate, because, though they were 
like Syrian in script and sound, they were of a peculiar 



i86 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

kind. It is certain that the tone of these books and some 
of its words must have sounded very strange to the Greek 
mind ; the translators must have been embarrassed at 
first by the names of God, for instance by the name Yahveh 
which, hketheLXX, we translate by" the Lord." This 
is not a translation, it does not render the word itself : 
that is another word meaning " the Lord " and always 
spoken instead of Yahveh, which it was not allowable to 
pronounce. The word Yahveh is explained as meaning 
" I am " in Exodus iii. 14 : "I am that I am." We have 
perhaps a trace of the true meaning in these words of 
Aristeas, quoted by Josephus : " We worship the God 
who has created everything, and we call Him properly 
Zrjv [to live), deriving His name from the fact that He gives 
life to all things." To Uve and to be are ideas very near 
to one another. 

In that case, the LXX solved the difficulty by following 
the synagogue, but they must have had many other 
difficulties. 

It is hardly possible to give an historical value to the 
narrative of Josephus, who, copying Aristeas, tells us of 
the seventy-two old men, sent by Eleazar, who translated 
the books of the law in seventy-two days. But, if we put 
this narrative entirely aside and admit, with the latest 
editor of Josephus, M. Theodore Reinach, that the trans- 
lation originated in the Jewish congregation of Alexan- 
dria, since we know that the Jews of Egypt wrote and 
spoke Aramaic, we cannot suppose that they changed 
their language, and it seems natural that they used 
Ezra's version of the laws. 

That there has been an Aramaic Version, not only of 
the Law, but of other books of the Old Testament, seems 
proved by our Lord's history. He spoke Aramaic, and 
the multitudes whom He addressed must also have spoken 



ARAMAIC 187 

Aramaic. When, on the cross, our Lord quotes the twenty- 
second Psalm, the quotation is in Aramaic. Therefore 
there existed an Aramaic form of it. 

Let us follow Jesus to the synagogue at Nazareth 
(Luke iv. 16). " And He entered, as His custom was, into 
the synagogue on the Sabbath day, and stood up to read. 
And there was dehvered unto Him the book of the prophet 
Isaiah, and He opened the book and found the place 
where it was written : 

The Spirit of the Lord is upon Me, 

Because He hath anointed Me to preach good tidings to the poor ; 

He hath sent Me to proclaim release to the captives 

And recovering of sight to the blind. 

To set at liberty them that are bruised. 

To proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord. 

And He closed the book and gave it back to the 
attendant." 

Jesus opens, or rather unrolls, the book of Isaiah, and 
reads aloud the first verses of ch. Ixi. If we compare the 
quotation with the Hebrew, or with the LXX, we find, that 
it does not agree completely with either. The Hebrew, 
in the third sentence of the quotation, reads thus : " He 
hath sent Me to bind up the broken-hearted, to proclaim 
the Hberty to the captives." The quotation omits the 
first part of the sentence, but it adds : " and recovering of 
sight to the blind," which is not in the Hebrew. The 
LXX have both additions, that of the Hebrew and that 
of the quotation. On the whole, the analogy with the 
LXX is greater than with the Hebrew. One can imagine, 
in a quotation, part of a sentence being omitted rather 
than another being inserted. Therefore it seems probable 
that our Lord read in a version of Isaiah similar to that 
from which the LXX had translated, one of those books 
that were in Egypt, sent by Eleazar if we believe the 



i88 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

narrative of Aristeas, or used in the synagogue of 
Alexandria, books which, as we have seen, were in Aramaic. 

Jesus has the Aramaic alphabet before His eyes when 
He says : " Till heaven and earth pass away, one jot 
(iota) or one tittle shall in no wise pass away from the 
law, till all things be accomplished " (Matt. v. i8). 
Iota is certainly the smallest letter of the Aramaic 
alphabet, but it is not so in old Hebrew, The letter Z 
often joined to iota in the word ZI (who) may well be 
called a tittle in the Elephantine papyri. 

We saw above that when Ezra read the law to the 
assembly of the Jews, he and the Levites had to explain it. 
The Aramaic of the law differed in its dialect form from 
the Jewish spoken by the people ; but since Ezra's time 
Aramaic had spread considerably in Palestine, the people 
no longer spoke Jewish, and when our Lord quotes a 
Psalm, He quotes it in Aramaic. This form of the Psalm 
naturally occurred to His mind, and was the most familiar 
to Him. I cannot help thinking that the roll of Isaiah, 
which our Lord opened and read, was written in Aramaic. 

Later it is said that the apostle Paul, addressing the 
people at Jerusalem, spoke to them in the Hebrew language 
(Acts xxi. 40). The same word " Hebrew " is used of the 
inscription on the cross (John xix. 20), but we must not 
take this word Hebrew as referring to a distinct language 
known by its script and grammar ; that is, not to what 
we now call Hebrew. We must remember that the ancients 
had not the nice linguistic classifications of the present 
day. Languages, for them, were not distinguished by 
their nature, they had the names of the nations who spoke 
them, whatever was their characteristic. " Hebrew," 
" Hebrew language," means here only the language spoken 
by the Hebrews, which was Aramaic. Paul calls himself 
a Hebrew of Hebrews (Phil. iii. 5), therefore for the ancients 



ARAMAIC 189 

his native language was Hebrew, though the hnguists of 
our time would call it Aramaic. The proof that this name 
Hebrew is ethnic and has nothing to do with philology lies 
in the inscription on the cross where it is said that it was 
written in Hebrew, in Roman {Pco/xala-Ti) and in Greek. 
Roman, which we translate Latin, is no language at all, 
it was the idiom spoken by the Romans ; it is the same 
with Hebrew. The special language of Judea, " the 
Jews' language," which in our Lord's time had been super- 
seded by Aramaic, was called Jewish lovdaiari (see p. 162) 
and not Hebrew. 

The discovery of the papyri at Elephantine has 
revealed to us a fact of great importance. The Jews in 
Egypt wrote and spoke Aramaic : there was a Jewish 
literature in Aramaic. When we try to realize what the 
writings of the Jews were, we must give to Aramaic a much 
greater place than before. Until the colonists of Ele- 
phantine appeared, with their language, Aramaic was 
considered to be a strange tongue to the Jews : it was 
found in the books of Ezra, Nehemiah, and Daniel, the 
men who had inhabited Mesopotamia. Nobody thought 
that Jews Hving in foreign countries, hke Egypt, could 
have any other idiom than Hebrew. The Tel-el-Amarna 
tablets have taught us that cuneiform was the written 
language of Palestine shortly before Moses and afterwards* 
Elephantine has shown us that Aramaic was the language 
of the Jews who took refuge in Egypt, and who certainly 
did not learn it there. They must have brought it from 
their native country. 

The Prophets 
Did the prophets write in Hebrew ; are the \\Titings of 
any of them in their original garb ? This question 
riaturally occurs after we have considered ^^'hat Ezra's 



igo ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

work had been in reference to the law. Certainly Ezra 
was chiefly occupied with the law. He endeavoured to 
re-establish it amongst his people, but the prophets had 
not been forgotten. In his prayer Ezra confesses that 
the warnings of the prophets had not been heeded (Ezra 
ix. id) : " And now, O our God, what shall we say after 
this ? for we have forsaken Thy commandments which 
Thou hast commanded by Thy servants the prophets, 
saying . . ." Also in the day of humihation, described by 
Nehemiah, the Levites, after having read in the law 
blessed the Lord and after reviewing rapidly the history 
of the people of Israel, speak thus : " Nevertheless they 
were disobedient, and rebelled against Thee, and cast Thy 
law behind their back and slew Thy prophets which 
testified against them " (Neh. ix. 26). So that the pro- 
phets are considered here as being the successors of 
Moses, and they are witnesses against the people that 
they have broken the commandments. 

The teaching of the prophets was chiefly by word, by 
speech ; they were the preachers who cried out the Lord's 
warnings, but they had also to write, and they often re- 
ceived the order to do so. In what language did they 
write ? What script did they use ? In trying to solve 
this important question we must put aside the view of 
•language which still prevails largely in linguistic studies. 
Language has not always a script. Just as now we see a 
considerable number of idioms which have none, we can 
imagine legitimately and even say with certainty that 
this was the case with a considerable number of languages 
in antiquit}^ among people whose civiHzation was not 
very advanced. Judging from analogy with what we 
see at the present day, the various populations of Palestine 
belonging to the Semitic branch must have spoken 
somewhat similar dialects ; they could understand each 



ARAMAIC 191 

other, but these idioms were only spoken, they had no 
writing nor script. It seems natural to suppose that 
Hebrew was one of these dialects. Hebrew has too long 
been considered in a false light. To Hebrew, more even 
than to any other language, has been applied this erron- 
eous and theoretical conception of language as a kind of 
moral entity, born nobody knows when and where, which 
has its laws to which men have to submit. Modern 
philology puts aside this abstract idea of the language 
and considers only the men who speak and write. This 
we must do in this case. 

Abram was in Mesopotamia, in a land where there was 
a book language with a script the age and antiquity of 
which is not known, and which may have originated 
with another nation, the Babylonian cuneiform. If 
there was by the side of cuneiform another popular writing, 
it was Aramaic. As it is in every nation even in our 
time, the speech of the people was closely related to the 
written language, but yet was slightly different. Was 
this Mesopotamian dialect which the emigrants took to 
Palestine Hebrew ? or was Hebrew another Semitic 
dialect, that of the inhabitants of Palestine, among whom 
the family of Abram settled ? If it was the latter we 
must admit that Abram adopted it. This seems natural 
and in conformity with what takes place in our time. 
In every country where there are emigrants, the second 
generation born in the new country has sometimes quite 
forgotten the language of their fathers. From which of 
the above sources Hebrew came is not of much import- 
ance. Here I shaU be allowed to repeat a quotation 
from Dr. Briggs ^ :" Whether Abraham adopted the 
language of the Canaanites or brought the Hebrew and 
Phoenician with him from the East, is unimportant, for 

^ See p. 14. 



192 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

the ancient Assyrian and Babylonian are nearer to the 
Hebrew and Phoenician than they are to the other 
Shemitic families . . . in their earlier stages; in the time 
of Abraham their difference could scarcely have been 
more than dialectic." Dialectic — this seems to me to be 
the exact word to be applied to the differences between 
the speeches in Canaan and in Mesopotamia. But where 
I am obHged to disagree completely from Dr. Briggs is 
in this further sentence : " The Hebrew language as a 
dialect of the Canaanites had already a considerable 
Uterary development prior to the entrance of Abraham 
in the Holy Land." I cannot see where the learned 
Semitic scholar finds this literary development at that 
early epoch. On the contrary, Hebrew seems to me to 
have been a mere dialect, a spoken idiom without any 
Hterature, or script of its own. It is an inaccurate 
expression to speak of an old Hebrew script or of an old 
Hebrew alphabet ; the proper name is Canaanite, for it 
is the same as Phoenician, and we have many more 
Phoenician inscriptions than Hebrew. That of Mesha 
the Moabite is, moreover, in that character. An alphabet 
is a way of expressing by writing that which is spoken, 
and the same alphabet can be used for very different 
languages ; it is not the property of any one of them. 
In antiquity cuneiform has been used for Semitic and also 
for great numbers of non-Semitic languages. In our 
days Arabic letters are used for Arabic, Persian, Swahili 
and Turkish, while the tendency is for the Roman alphabet 
to supersede aU others, including the German, and it is the 
only one now adopted for languages which had none. 
It was the same with Canaanite ; on a smaller scale it 
was used in various dialects of Palestine, chiefly in trade 
and for the use of common life. 

When the prophets had to %vrite their solemn appeals, 



ARAMAIC 193 

their warnings to the people which are said to be the 
voice of the Lord and which often contained some terrific 
threats, would they choose the Canaanite alphabet ? 
Several of them certainly knew of the Mosaic law written 
in cuneiform ; prophets like Isaiah and Jeremiah were 
not ignorant of it. A German scholar, Dr. Jeremias, on 
the strength of the passage in Isaiah viii. i, which we 
have noted above, suggests that the prophets may have 
used cuneiform as a sacred script. In this respect a 
difference must be made between men like Isaiah, Jere- 
miah, men of high standing and advisers of the king, 
who might be called men of education, and a prophet hke 
Amos who says : (vii. 14) " I was no prophet, neither was 
I a prophet's son ; but I was a herdman, and a dresser of 
sycamore trees : and the Lord took me from following 
the flock and the Lord said unto me. Go, prophesy unto 
My people Israel." One may even ask in the case of 
Amos whether he wrote his book himself or whether it was 
written down for him by somebody else. 

A passage which may throw some light on the question 
is found in Proverbs xxv. i : " These also are proverbs of 
Solomon which the men of Hezekiah, king of Judah, 
copied out." The English " copied out " does not seem 
to correspond exactly to the Hebrew. The LXX trans- 
late i^eypd^ayTo, which at first sight seems also to mean 
" copied," but the Greek version adds two very important 
words : " These are the Proverbs of Solomon aldBiaKpLToi. 
In authors like Polybius this adjective means : the 
unintelligible ones. This cannot refer to the sense of the 
sentences — ^they are easy enough to understand — but to 
the alphabet. They were unintelligible to those who 
could not read cuneiform, as the law was to Hilkiah ; and 
the men of Hezekiah did not only copy them, they wrote 
them in a script which could be understood. This would 



194 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

correspond to the word of the Vulgate iranstulerunt, and 
also to the Hebrew word which according to Koenig 
means " iibertragen," a word, which, hke the EngUsh 
" translate " has a figurative as well as a proper sense. 
This would represent very well the change of form pro- 
duced by the passage from cuneiform to Aramaic. 

According to this interpretation of the passage, Solomon 
wrote in cuneiform. In our first chapter we have advo- 
cated the idea that during his reign the Phoenician 
alphabet had been introduced into the kingdom by 
the people who worked upon the temple and who went 
to Lebanon, But Phoenician script could not be used 
for solemn words of the king which had the character 
of a moral law. For such impressive sentences, which 
people were to take at heart so as to rule their conduct 
according to the precepts, the language and the 
script of JMoses would be used. The change from cunei- 
form is to Aramaic, so that this part of the book of Pro- 
verbs, the title of which seems to indicate a later addi- 
tion, would aheady be in Aramaic before Ezra's time. 

We are led again to the prophets, and we have to face 
the same question. Did the prophets write in Aramaic 
or in their own native language ? Let us call this lan- 
guage by its proper name. It is not Hebrew, it is Jewish 
(Is. xxxvi II, Neh. xiii. 24). In the two passages where 
it is mentioned it clearly means the common language 
used by " the people on the wall " and by the mass of 
inhabitants of Jerusalem and Judea, and this was different 
from the idioms spoken on the West or on the Phihstine 
coast, in the East at Moab or at Ammon. Undoubtedly 
Isaiah used that language when he spoke to his country- 
men at Jerusalem, and even when he spoke to the king. 
But was it a book language ? When Isaiah took the 
" style of a man " and wrote, did he write Jewish ? and 



ARAMAIC 195 

did he write it in the Canaanite script ? This is a very 
grave question, which docs not seem to have been as yet 
seriously raised and the answer to which seems to me 
logically derived from the facts newly discovered : the 
prophets in their writings used the literary language 
of their time, Aramaic, and when our Lord read 
Isaiah in the synagogue or when He quoted the twenty- 
second Psalm on the cross, these two texts which were 
in Aramaic were in the original form they had when first 
written down. It was not necessary for Ezra to transcribe 
them. If they had at the beginning been in Jewish, one 
does not understand the Aramaic stage which they went 
through. Besides this fact offers us a ready explanation 
of the present form of the documents of the Old Testa- 
ment. 



CHAPTER VII 
THE PRESENT FORi\I OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

IF the Old Testament books were written in Hebrew 
with the so-called old Hebrew alphabet why did 
not the rabbis preserve the books as they were ? What 
were the reasons which induced them to change the script ? 
And, when they changed it, why, instead of modifying 
the alphabet considered as their own, the old Hebrew, 
did they adopt a variant of the Aramaic alphabet ? 
Half a century ago the eminent French scholar, the 
]\Iarquis de Vogiie established the fact that square 
Hebrew was not derived from old Hebrew, or, as it is 
now called, Canaanite ; but from Aramaic. The 
bearing of this discovery does not seem to have been 
reaUzed to its full extent, especially as regards the 
fact that the inventors of the new script turned not to 
the Canaanite, but to the alphabet which is supposed to 
have originated in Mesopotamia, Aramaic. . 

We are not certain at present that Canaanite was ever 
the script of a book language ; what has been preserved 
of it consists of inscriptions, ostracas, coins, but no book 
or fragment of book properly so-called; while documents 
like the papyri of Elephantine can only be the products 
of a book language which had had a long existence. 
Bearing this in mind, and also the fact of the Aramaic 
derivation of square Hebrew, one is led to ask whether the 
idea that writings hke the books of Kings, Isaiah or Job 

196 



PRESENT FORM OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 197 

were in the Hebrew language and in Canaanitc character 
is not a mere hterary hypothesis without any archaeolo- 
gical evidence in its favour. No doubt Hebrew goes back 
to a high antiquity as the dialect spoken by the Hebrews 
perhaps as early as Abraham. Such a dialect may 
last through centuries and deviate very little from its 
original form. We have proof of its existence in this 
passage : " When Laban and Jacob parted, and as a 
taken of their covenant made a heap of stones, Laban 
called it Jcgar-sahadutha, but Jacob called it Galecd 
(Gen. xxxi. 47). The name given by Laban is clearly 
Aramaic, meaning the heap of witness ; that given by 
Jacob is Hebrew and the lexicographers give it the same 
sense as the Aramaic on the strength of the translation 
of the LXX. But this word Galeed, the same as the 
geogi-aphical name of Gilead, though it is Hebrew, does 
not prove anything as to this idiom being a book language. 
The same is the case with the song of Deborah which, as 
we have seen, was not written down by the prophetess 
and may be compared to the often beautiful poetry found 
in some remote villages of the Abruzzi, and recited or 
sung in an Italian dialect very different from the literary 
and written Itahan. In the same way I should call 
Hebrew the national dialect of the Hebrews, generally 
an unwritten idiom, having no script of its own, and, when 
it was necessary to write it for common use, employing 
the Canaanite alphabet. 

We have seen already that when Hebrew is spoken of 
as a language it is called Jewish ; both passages occur at 
a late date in the times of Hezekiah and Nchemiah. In 
both cases " Jewish " means the language of Jerusalem 
and its neighbourhood. Especially when Nehemiah 
speaks of it, it is the language of the Jews of the remnant 
of the kingdom of J udah who had returned from Babylon 



igS ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

to rebuild the temple and reoccupy their native land. 
In connexion with this fact we have to notice these 
two others. Square Hebrew appears about the time of 
the Christian era, and this new Hebrew is a variant of 
Aramaic. These three facts seem to support each other 
and to countenance the following explanation. 

The time of the Christian era was the epoch when the 
Roman empire extended over a great part of the East 
and West, when it brought under its yoke nations of very 
different type and origin. Though Roman policy left, 
as much as possible, to the subject nations their customs 
and their worship, nevertheless a certain amount of 
uniformity was necessarily introduced amongst them. 
They had the same masters and were governed according 
to the same principles. The Roman coinage was the 
outward sign of their subjection to a common ruler. 
Even the Jews were not absolutely hostile to their foreign 
governors, since some of them, like St. Paul, were Roman 
citizens and availed themselves proudly of their privi- 
leges. 

Though they were a Roman province the Jews had 
retained a very strong national feeling ; they still remem- 
bered that they were the elect, God's people, they still 
repeated " we have Abraham to our father." But for 
them their national existence was intimately connected 
with their worship, with the strictest and the most formal 
observance of that law to which they had added many 
details. This worship distinguished them from the 
Gentiles for whom they felt an undisguised contempt 
and enmity. Their religion justified in their eyes their 
exclusiveness, it was the barrier which separated them 
from all the strange nations. 

This rehgion, on which their life as a nation rested, was 
regulated by their sacred books, the law of Moses and the 



PRESENT FORM OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 199 

prophets, and one may conceive how they would be 
attached to those books and the kind of worship which 
the rabbis more and more felt for its text. But the 
form of these writings in the last centuries before Christ 
had no distinctive character such as we might have 
expected from the particularism of the Jews. The 
writings were in Aramaic, the language of a considerable 
literature ; they might be confused with other writings. 
I believe therefore that the rabbis found it necessary 
to give to their books a national character and appear- 
ance. They turned them into Hebrew, the idiom spoken 
by their fathers, Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, which was 
certainly their own language, that of Jerusalem. This 
they did not share with any other people. But this had 
no script and it was necessary to invent one. They 
would not take Canaanite ; that was not their own ; it had 
been used by the Phoenicians and other nations like Moab. 
They therefore invented a script, and for that they took 
the alphabet to which they were accustomed and which 
they used in their writings. They altered Aramaic 
sufficiently for their new script to be distinguished from 
it, so that it should stand by itself, and might be called 
their own. Since its adoption by the rabbis, Hebrew 
has thus become the distinctive language of the Israehtes, 
and has given rise to a considerable literature. 

The change of script, the adoption of square Hebrew 
at a late date, is not denied. It is a well established 
fact for all Hebrew scholars, who have generally inter- 
preted it as a mere change of letters. Square Hebrew 
according to them simply took the place of the old Canaan- 
ite, the script of the Hebrew authors. This seems to 
me to be somewhat too subtle for these old scribes. 
The distinction between the letter and the word, between 
the characters and the idea which they express has been 



200 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

established by modern philology and is one of its element- 
ary principles. One can hardly imagine the rabbis 
changing merely the characters, transliterating a word 
from the Canaanite character letter for letter into the new 
script which they had adopted. It is quite different if 
they applied for the first time a new script to a language 
which had none before. They might have written it 
with the Aramaic alphabet which was familiar to them, 
but since they wished to have a distinct one, they merely 
modified that. 

One thing is important to notice. When the rabbis 
turned the sacred books into the Jewish dialect, they did 
not translate the name of God. The name Jehovah, 
which is to be read Yahveh, is said (Ex. iii. 14) to mean 
" I am." The word " to be " is not here in its Hebrew 
form. It occurs in this form in two or three instances in 
which it is called, by lexicographers like Koenig, old and 
poetical. But it is the usual Aramaic for "to be " in 
the papyri of Elephantine. From this word their name 
of God Yaho or Yahu is derived. It is an abbreviated 
form of Yahveh. Thus the origin of the name of God 
is not Jewish, it is Aramaic. Certainly it would be 
strange if the Hebrews had called their national God by 
a name coming from a foreign dialect. 

The difference in the language itself is only dialectical, 
There is no wide breach between the Hebrew of the Bible 
and the Aramaic of the letter to Bagoas ; we may even 
suppose that the scribes and the rabbis knew both the 
book language and the popular idiom just as a clergyman 
to-day in England or in a Swiss canton would understand 
equally well the text of the Bible and the popular speech 
of the peasants amongst whom he is Hving. This sugges- 
tion does not in the least impair the beauty of the Hebrew 
language nor of the works which it has produced. Be- 



PRESENT FORM OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 201 

cause Deborah's hymn is in the popular idiom of her day, 
it is not less striking ; the depth of her feehngs, the 
triumphal emotion which pervades her heart does not 
come out less strongly because her song is not a written 
poem and was probably preserved in the memory of the 
people for a long time before it was put down in writing. 
Hebrew as a spoken dialect deserves our admiration just 
as much as if from the first it had been a literary lan- 
guage. Moreover it is interesting to think that the 
invention of the square Hebrew was not a mere literary 
fancy or a graphic simplification, but arose from a definite 
and decided intention to separate their sacred books 
from any other literature, and to set them apart as being 
the charter of the election of the Jews and the foundation 
of their national life. 



CONCLUSIONS ■ ' . ■"'; 

THE reader who has followed me from the beginning 
will, I hope, have understood the principle on 
which are based the views here expounded as to how the 
oldest books of Scripture have been \mtten. Some of 
these views, for instance those on the language of Genesis, 
had been already advocated by Assyriologists, chiefly by 
Professor Sayce ; but I do not think that the general 
idea as to the way in which they reached their present form 
has been propounded before. 

Since the year 1885 there have been two great discover- 
ies, both made in the soil of Egypt, the Tel-el-Amama 
tablets, and the papyri of Elephantine. In my opinion 
these discoveries entirely change the traditional views 
concerning the language in which the books of the Bible 
have been written, and they sap the foundation of the 
critical system which rests necessarily upon the assump- 
tion that these books were original documents. 

It is not the first time that excavations have'produced 
such surprises, and have revolutionized not only literary 
theories, but even the great lines of history. Half a cen- 
tury ago whoever spoke of Homer, especially in German 
universities, paid homage to Wolff and bowed before his 
critical analysis of the poet's text. Since then Schliemann 
has appeared. His untiring zeal and passionate love for 
the Greek poet have revealed the remains of an unknown 
epoch at Troy and at Mycenae. Men of my age can remem- 
ber the incredulity with which the discoveries in the capi- 

202 



CONCLUSIONS 203 

tal of the Atrids were first received, and now the Mycen- 
ean civihzation is a rich chapter in the history of Greek hfe 
and art. Older yet than Mycenae, Crete shows us a cul- 
ture which nobody suspected before Sir Arthur Evans 
brought it to light ; and now the old idea that civihzation 
was introduced by the Aryans, that this branch of human- 
ity had a sort of monopoly of culture and progress, is fast 
being abandoned. There was, it is clear, a brilliant civihz- 
ation before the Aryan invasions ; Africa, the dark con- 
tinent which was looked at with a sort of contempt ; the 
Hamites, despised because of Noah's curse, are coming 
more and more to the front, and may have been after all 
among the oldest teachers of that part of mankind which 
Uved on the shores of the Mediterranean. These stupen- 
dous discoveries, these entirely new fields, opened not long 
ago in a chapter of history which scholars thought they had 
correctly set forth from written documents and linguistic 
analysis, we owe not to books but to the work of the spade, 
to what has been found in the soil. 

A discovery of a similar bearing has been made at Tel-el- 
Amarna, in the remains of the archives of an Egyptian 
king of the Eighteenth Dynasty. These tablets have 
shown that at that time, shortly before Moses, the written 
language of Palestine was Babylonian cuneiform in its 
local form with traces of a popular idiom appearing here and 
there. This fact has been confirmed by the excavations at 
Boghaz Keui where have been discovered documents of a 
later date. At the same time no trace of any kind of a 
literary Hebrew has been found belonging to such a remote 
epoch. Now, looking at the work of the critics in general, 
this fact, so important and so well ascertained, has evi- 
dently never been grasped in its fullness. In various ways 
they have tried to fit it into their system, but at present 
no critic has ever attempted to revise the system, to shape 



204 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

it according to this fact, one of the best estabhshed in lin- 
guistic history. Leaving aside the philological analysis on 
which rests entirely the theory of the various documents of 
the Pentateuch, and taking merely the historical fact 
that the written language in Palestine, and not in that 
country only, but in the whole of Western Asia from Meso- 
potamia to the IMediterranean, was Babylonian cuneiform, 
the conclusion which occurs naturally to our mind is that 
Moses wrote in Babylonian cuneiform. This was preemi- 
nently the language of laws, especially when they were sup- 
posed to have been dictated by God Himself. Moses, an 
Aramean, certainly had heard of Hammurabi the great 
Babylonian lawgiver ; he had been educated at the court 
of the king of Egypt where the correspondence not only 
with the governors of vassal cities but even with the 
sovereigns of Mesopotamia was in Babylonian cuneiform. 
He learnt that language and that script in the palace of 
Pharaoh. He may have spoken with his countrymen the 
dialect they had brought from Canaan, and which can 
be perceived in the letters of the governors, but this was 
certainly no written language, it was the popular and 
colloquial idiom, and not considered appropriate for laws 
and for God's words. 

Critics will not deny this fact, but they will argue, as 
one of the most eminent of them WTote to me, that in the 
Pentateuch nothing comes directly from Moses, and that, 
at the utmost a few sentences may be older than the time 
of the Kings. That objection I have tried to answer by 
reviewing historically what is written about Egypt, about 
Joseph's life, about the Exodus and the Tabernacle. How 
could all these events be described as they are by two or 
more various authors living in different parts of Palestine 
and at different epochs ? How could, in pailicular, the 
history of Joseph have been written down except by a man 



CONCLI^STONS 205 

who was in Egypt at the time when the tradition was very 
vivid, when the Hebrews were still in Egypt and while they 
knew whose action had induced them to settle there ? 

The fact that all these narratives were written not as a 
running book, but on tablets, changes completely the char- 
acter of the composition. It explains repetitions, which 
have been stumbling blocks to the critics, as the summaries 
of what has been said in previous tablets. Also we can 
distinguish those which were written separately and 
joined together afterwards in a book, like the beginning of 
Genesis, from those which were to form a series and are 
therefore more closely linked together. The style of the 
composition is no longer to be judged according to the rules 
set down for a book. 

Deuteronomy, a copy of which I believe to have been put 
in the foundations of Solomon's temple, certainly bears the 
character of the last words of Moses, the character of a time 
when the people were in the sight of Canaan, when they 
could see better in what country they were going to settle 
and what were the inhabitants and their customs. Moses 
speaks there for the first time of a king because he foresaw 
that the Israelites would imitate the Amorites and the men 
of Bashan who were the subjects of Sihon and Og ; this was 
the way in which all neighbouring nations were governed, 
but as to the worship he does not prophesy anything. He 
is certain there must be a place chosen among the tribes 
for the Lord's abode, but he does not know where. He is 
not allowed to enter the good land, therefore he cannot 
assume the glorious task of choosing that place ; that choice 
will devolve upon his successors. The idea of a cedar temple 
to the Lord is quite strange to him ; it does not even occur 
to his mind. If the Pentateuch is the work of Moses, as 
history and the contents of the book seem to prove, it 
cannot have been written in Hebrew which if it existed at 



2o6 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

all at that time was only a spoken idiom and not a book 
language ; it must have been ^v^itten in Babylonian 
cuneiform. 

The first transformation it went through was to be put 
into Aramaic, and this I attribute to Ezra. Such an enter- 
prise seems to me to be in accordance with the character of 
Ezra as described in his^book, and more especially in that 
of Nehemiah, and also with rabbinical tradition concerning 
him. Besides this it agrees also with the circumstances of 
his time. That was the epoch where cuneiform was more 
and more being abandoned for the popular language. 
Several centuries earlier the Mesopotamian kings had 
Aramaic scribes who explained to the people the contents 
of the cuneiform contracts, and who marked them with 
Aramaic dockets. Aramaic was the language in which 
Ezra conversed with the king, the king's letters and de- 
crees were in Aramaic, as was also the law of the king 
which was to be obeyed hke the law of God (Ezra vii. 26). 
Ezra, called by the king himself a scribe of the law of the 
God of heaven, did for the law of Moses what many scribes, 
his contemporaries did for other documents in Meso- 
potamia. 

Although Ezra occupied himself pre-eminently with the 
books of Moses, it is quite possible that, as the tradition 
of the rabbis alleges, he also settled the canon of Scrip- 
ture for the Old Testament ; he perhaps collected and sifted 
the writings which were to form the sacred volume. As it 
came out of his hands the volume was entirely Aramaic. 

The question as to the composition of the books of the 
prophets and of the didactic books is not so clear for a 
few of them. These writings, however, even if they were 
not originally composed in Aramaic as perhaps some of 
the Psalms, must have been put before the time of the 
LXX in Aramaic, and they were in Aramaic when our 



CONCLUSIONS 207 

Lord read Isaiah at Nazareth, and when he quoted the 
twenty second Psalm on the cross. This change of form and 
script, which I have attributed to Ezra, cannot be called a 
real translation ; it was only a dialectal modification. 

When I come to the present form of the Old Testament, 
the Hebrew of our Bibles, and have to explain its origin, I 
feel in a position similar to that of the critics, who after 
they had dissected the Pentateuch into small fragments 
had to create the seven authors to each of whom they at- 
tribute a different number of fragments. Having estab- 
lished an Aramaic form for the Old Testament it is necessary 
to explain the transition to the Hebrew language and to the 
Hebrew script. In my opinion these two changes were 
simultaneous. Hebrew, I have no doubt, was a spoken 
language, the dialect of Judea and of a great part of Pales- 
tine ; the tablets of Tel-el- Amarna already show its exist- 
ence, but it had no script of its own. What is called old 
Hebrew is Canaanite and is known much more by inscrip- 
tions of Phoenicia and I\Ioab than by properly Jewish 
texts. 

When the rabbis wished to give to their religion, to their 
laws, to their national life which rests entirely on their 
books, a thoroughly and exclusively Jewish character, they 
made a dialectal modification ; they turned their books 
into the language spoken at Jerusalem ; but since that had 
no script, they had to invent one and they adopted a 
modified form not of the Canaanite but of Aramaic, the one 
real book-language which they already knew. Between 
the new script and the old one there was no greater differ- 
ence than between the two idioms. 

With this summary of my conclusions I close this book, 
which, I have no doubt, most of my readers will find marked 
by a boldness verging on presumption. I hope, however, 
that they will recognize that in rejecting the^philological 



2o8 ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 

criticism I have endeavoured to the best of my ability 
not to deviate from historical facts. This method has 1 ed 
me to endorse completely the traditional view as to the 
books of Moses. I believe the books bearing the name of 
the great lawgiver are really his work, but that the form 
which they now have is not that of their original language. 
The words of our Lord Jesus Christ likewise are not known 
to us in the Aramaic in which they were uttered ; they are 
known to us in Greek. But in the case of His words the 
translation is a complete one, while in the Old Testament it 
is merely a change of dialect. 



INDEX 



Aahmes, King, go 
Aaron, loo, 123, 125 
Abd-hiba of Jerusalem, 10, 

17 
Abel, 34 

Abib, month, 161 
Abimelech, King of Gerar, 

14, 58, 59 64, 65 
Abi-milki of Tyre, 10, 26 
Aboo Simbcl, 61 
Abram, Abraham, 6, 13, 

21, 23, 37, 48, 49, 50, 
51-65,82,88,133,181, 
182, loi, 197, 19**. 199 

Abrahamites, 49 

acacia, shittim, 118, 119, 
126, 150 
acacia seyal, 120 

Adam, 34, 41 

Africa, 203 

Ahab, 25, 28 

Ahaz, 144 

Alexandria, 186, 188 

altar, 117, 156, 158 

Amalekites, 162 

Amanus, 120 

Amenophis III, King,49,59, 
60, 61, 75, 94, 99.164. 

Amenophis IV, King, 9, 59, 
60, 61, 95 

Amenophis, son of Hapi, 85 

Ammon, 172, 194 

Ammonites, 179 

Amon, 45, 95 

Amorites, Amurru, 11, 13, 

15, 46, 205 
Amos, 193 

Amyztaeus, King, 139 
An On, 46, see Heliopolis 
Anakim, 133 

Anani, 147 

Antiochus Eupator, 156 

Antonine, Itinerary of, 

106, 142 
Anu, 46, 1 6', 

Mentu, 46, 47 
d'Anville, 97 
Apophis, Apepi, King, 71, 

89 
Arabia, 173 

Northern, 26, 43, 57 
Arabian desert, 27 

gulf, 47, lOI 
Arabic alphabet, 192 

language, 44 
Arabs, 44 
Aram, 167 

-Beth-rehob, 167 

-Naharaim, 167 

-Zobah, 167 
Aramaic alphabet, 3, 4, 
19, 21, 24, 25, 181, 
188, 196, 200, 207 

language, 24, 50, 105, 



115,130,145,163-170, 
173. 178, 182, 183, 
184, 185, 188, 189, 
191, 195, 206, 208 
pap>Tus rolls, 32 
Aramcans, 21, 166, 167, 

170, 204 
Archives, 132, 134 
Aristeas, 186 

Ark of the Covenant, 113, 
116, 118, 127, 128, 153 
Arpachshad, 51, 53 
Arsamcs, 146, 148 
Artatama, 60 
Artaxerxcs, 175, 179, 181 
Aryans, 47, 203 
Ashdod, 172 
Ashkelon, 10, ir 
Assurbanipal, 131 
Assyria, 141, 166 
Assyrians, 120, 130, 140 
Assyrian writing, 4, 24 
conquest, 141 
cuneiform, 11 
Kings, 129 

language, 10, 12, 166 
temples, 134 
Avaris, 90 

Baal, 107 
-zapuna, 107 
-zephon, 103, 105, 106 

Babel, Town of, 50 

Babylon, 4, 49, 1S2, 197 

Babylonian, cuneiform, 4, 
10, II, 15, 17, i8, 21, 
22, 23, 25, 29, 30, 36, 
115,130,1135,145,166, 
167, 191, 203, 204 
civilization, 131 
language, 10, 12, 14, 26 

Bagoas, 145, 148, 156. 162, 
163, 200 

Barak, 9 

Bashan, 205 

Bedouins, 92, X20 

Beersheba, 103 

Berger, M. Philippe, 17, 18 

Beza, Theodore, 8 

Bezcilel, 118, 123 

Bitter Lakes, 97, 108, in 

Boehl, Dr., 10 

Boghaz Keui, 11, 15, 26, 
132, 135, 203 

Book of the Dead, 68, 77 

Book of the Law, Finding 
of the, 129 

Bourlos, Lake, loS 

breastplate, 123 

Briggs, Dr., 14, 116,191,192 

Bubastis, 96, 102, 126 

Buznaburiash, King, 10,61 



Cain, 34 



Caleb, 132, 133, 134 
calf, golden, 125 
Calvin, 8 

Carabyses, 146,149,163,164 
Canaan, 11, 14, 16, 38, 47, 

49. 57. 88, 113, 126, 
127, 132, 140, 142, 
144.151.192.204, 205 

conquest of, 11, 12, 121, 
181 

South of, 48, 95 
Canaan, son of Noah, 43 
Canaanite alphabet, see 
old Hebrew 

language, 10 
Candlestick, 124 
Canopus, Inscription of, 79 
Captivity, the, 24, 163, 165, 

175 
Cedar, 119, 120, 121, 128, 

146, 150, 153, 205 
Chnub, god, 146, 161 
contracts, cuneiform, 11 
Coptic language, 44 

translation, 18, 19, 42, 
97. 132 
Creation in si.\ days, 66-70 
of heaven and earth, 

tablet of, 32 
of mankind, tablet of, 

32-34 
Crete, 25, 47. 203 
Criticism, Higher, 115 

Lower, 115 
cuneiform, character of, 
12 19, 166, 167 

writing, 192, 193 
Cush, 43 
Cushite, 47 
cypress, 120 
Cyrus, 158 

Daniel, 189 

Darius 1,106,139,140,175 
Nothus, 145, 146, 147 

David, 25, 28, 119, 128, 
129, 134. 160 

Da^vson, Sir William, 102, 
no 

day, 67-70 

Dead Sea, 40, 41, 46, '120 

Deborah, 8 

song of, 9, 197, 201 

Decalogue : Ten Com- 
mandments, 17, 20 

Delayah, 147 

Deluge, Tablet of the, 35, 

50, 53 

Demetrius of Phaleron,i85 

Deuteronomy, 21, 27, 113, 

114,127-130,141,150, 

153. 154, 156, 174, 
180, 205 
Dhibon, 29 



209 



210 



INDEX 



dialects, character of, 14 

variety of, 6, 190, 191 
Djebel Geneffeh, iii, 112 

Mariam, 106, 107 

Shammar, 43 
dockets, Aramaic, 169, 206 
Du Bois, A>ine, 10; 
Dushratta, King of Mit- 

anni, 59, 60, 61 

Edom, 113 

Edomites, 82 

Egypt, 16,21,26,33,36-43, 

51, 56, 57.66-126,140 
Lower, 143 

Upper, 143 
Eg>T)tian hieroglyphs, 18, 

79 
papyri, 20 
Egyptians, 21 47, 63, 72 
Eleazar, 186, 187 
Elephantine, colony at, 1 6, 

139. 143, 144,150,189 
papyri, 4, 26, 139, 145, 

189, 196, 200, 202 
Eliakim, 171 
Elohist, 23, 54, 58, 70, 71, 

72, 73, 80, 179, 184 
Ennedek, Sheikh, 107 
ephod, 125 

Ephron the Hittite, 133 
Esar-haddon, 45, 167 
Escalade I', 7 
Esau, 65 
Etham, desert of, 102, 103, 

no 
Ethiopia, 43, 82, 144 
Eusebius, 71 
Evans, Sir Arthur, 203 
Eve, 34 
Exodus, book of, 16, 82, 

89-125, 150, 183 
Ezekiel, 143, 144 
Ezra, 4, 24, 31, 35, 50, 

113,116,130,157,175 

-195, 206, 207 
book of, 158 

finger of God, the, 18, 19, 20 
For Maher-shalal-hash-baz, 

18 
French language, 8, 10 

Galeed, 197 

Garden of Eden, 33, 36-43, 

51 
of the Lord, 41 
Gaza, 10, 46 
Generation of Noah, tablet 

of the, 32, 34 
Genesis, 23, 31, 48, 82, 183, 
184, 202, 205 
end of, 87 

lack of proportion, 49 
not a book of history, 

52, 55 
unity of, 52 

Geneva, 7, 8, 108 
Gentiles, 198 



geographical names re- 
placed, 35 

Gerar, 46, 58, 63 

German language, 14, 165, 
171 

Gezer, tablets of, 11, 13, 
15, 26 

Gilead, 197 

Giluhipa, princess, 59, 61 

Girgashites, 46 

Gitia of Askelon, 17 

Goshen, land of, 42, 91, 96, 

I02 

Greek language, 44, 208 

Hadad, 82 

Hagar, 56, 57 

Ham, 43, 47, 48, 53 

Hamites, 203 

Hamitic population, 47 
languages, 102 

Hammurabi, 21, 36, 204 

Haran, 14, 48, 49 

Hathor, goddess, 76 

Hatshepsu, queen, 99 

Hattusil, King, 11 

Hebrew. Old alphabet, Ca- 
naanite, Phoenician, 3, 
4, 12,13,16, 19,21,25, 
29. 173.174, 181, 182, 
188,192,193,194,195, 
196, 197, 199,200,207 
language, 4,14,145,173, 
178, 18S, 189, 191, 192, 
196, 197, 199, 200, 
205, 207 
literature, 4, 6, 203 
rabbinic, 24 

square, 3, 4, 24, 181, 182, 
198, 199, 201 

Hebrews, the, 4, 48, 73, 77, 
81,90,91, 99,117,118, 
126,130,188, 200, 205 

Hebron, 132, 133, 134 

Heliodorus, 84 

Heliopolis, 83, 96 

hereth-enosh, 19, 20 

Herodotus, 47, 145, 174 

Heroopolis, Ero, 97, loi, 
106 

Heroopolitan gulf, 97 

Heth, 45, 46 

Hezekiah, 4, 144, 153, 171, 
172,178,193,197 

Hilkiah, 127, 129, 152, 153, 

154. 193 
Hiram, King of Tyre, 27, 

150 
Hiram, worker in brass, 27 
history in Egypt, 94 
consisting of genealogies, 

138 
Hittites, Khetas, 11, 61, 

G3, 96, 98 
Homer, 202 
Horus, 83 

Harmachis-Horus, 83 
Hc«ca, 142, 144 
Hoshea, king, 82 



Hoshea, son of Nun, 114 
Hull, Prof., 102 
humiliation, feast of, 179, 

181 
Hydames, 146, 147, 148, 

149 
Hyksos, 45. 7i, 71, 75, 87 

Indian Ocean, 47 
Indo-European languages, 

46 
Isaac, 54, 56, 58, 64, 65, 88, 

133. 199 
Isaiah, 18, 20, 25, 144, 
180, 187, 188, 193, 

194, 195, 196, 206 
Ishmael, 56, 57, 133 
Ismailiah, 97, no, iii 

Jabin, King of the Canaan- 

ites, 8 
Jacob 21, 30, 64, 72, 77, 

88, 89, 97, 103, 133, 
182, 183, 197, 199 

Jael, 9 

Jahvist, 23, 36, 37, 40, 54, 

58, 64, 70, 71, 72, 73. 

104, 179, 184 
Japheth, 53 
Jebusites, 46 
Jegar-sahadutha, 197 
Jeremiah, 25, 39, 132, 141, 

142, 143, 180, 193 
Jeremias, Dr., 193 
Jerusalem, 141, 155, 157, 

165, 170, 176, 177, 

178, 185, 194,199,202 
Jesus Christ our Lord, 173, 

185, 186, 187, 188, 

195, 208 

Jew's language. Jewish, 
170, 171, 172, 178, 
188, 189, 194, 195, 
197, 200 

Joah, the recorder, 171 

Job, 196 

Johanan, 145, 147 

Jordan, plain of, 37 
river, 127, 151, 155 
valley, 41 

Joseph, 16, 23, 51, 70-87 

89, 204 

Josephus, 4, 21, III, 145, 

165, 186 
Joshua, 25, 128. 
Josiah, 82, 127, 128, 152, 

153. 165, 174 
Jotham, 144 
Judah, 72, 97 

Kingdom of, 40, 141 
tribe of, 118, 133, 134 
Judea, 42, 46, 47, 54, 
74, 98, 145, 148, 172, 
185, 194, 207 
J udgcs, book of, 9 

Kadesh, 95, 115 
Kallima-Siu, King of 
Babylon, 61 



INDEX 



211 



Kantarah, 38 

Kautzsch and Socin, 32, 

34, 36. 41. 130 
Keturah, 55, 56 
Kheta, see Hittites 
Kingdom, Northern, 54, 

72, 77, 80 
Southern, 72, 78 
Kings, Books of, 196 
Kirjath-sepher, 132, 133 
Koenig, Prof., 8, 194, 200 
Kuyunjik, hbrary at, 131 

Laban, 197 
Lachish, 26, 172 
Language, spoken, 5 

written, 5, 7 
Latin, 189 

Layard, Sir Henry, 131 
Leah, 133 
Lebanon, 27, 28, 120, 150, 

194 
Le Page Renouf, Sir Peter, 

68 
Lepsius, 47, 93 
Levites, 134, 177, 188, 190 
Leviticus, 156,157,160,174 
Libnah, 172 
Liebiein, Prof., no 
Linant Bey, 102, no 
Lot, 37, 38, 48, 54 

Macalister, Prof., n 

Machpelah, son of, 133 

magicians, 79, 80, 81 

Mamre, the Amorite, 14 

Manetho, 73 

Marduk, god, 22 

Manasseh, King, 152, 153 

Massora, the, 4, 37 

Medum, 83 

Megiddo, 10, 82 

Memphis, 96, 98, 142 

Menephtah, King, 74, 94, 
98, 112 

Menzaleh Lake, 39, 108 

Mesha, King of Moab, 4 
Inscription of, 4, 21, 26, 
29, 192 

Mesopotamia, 10, 12, 21, 
49, 51, 62, 64, 69, 79, 
90, 105, 121, 167, 177, 
181,182,184, 185,189, 
19T, 192, 196, 204, 206 

Mesopotamians, 21,132,171 

metal, beaten, 121, 122 

metaphors, 67 

Meyer, Prof. Eduard, 72, 
161, 174 

midwives, 92, 93, 99, 100 
Shiphrah and Puah, 99 

Migdol, 103, 105, loO, 107, 
112 
Magdolon, 142, 144, 163 

Miriam, 22, 112 

Mithredath, 159 

Mizraim, 43 

Moab, n3,' 172, 194, 199, 
207 



Moabitc, 179 

Mohammedan conquest, 44 

priest, 1 78 

religion, 44, 81 

Moses, 6, 16, 17, 20-25, 26, 

33, 35, 36, 42, 43, 49, 

55, 64, 66, 69, 70, 75, 

85, 87, 89-135, 145, 

151, 152,1154, 15'/, 158, 

174,175,177,179, 180, 
181, 182,184, 189, 190, 
198, 204, 205,206,208 

Mutemua, queen, 99 

Mycenae, 202, 203 

m>Ttle, 119 

Nahr el Kelb, 96 
Naphuria, see Amenophis 

IV 
Nathan, 119, 128 
Nazareth, 187, 206 
Nebuchadnezzar, 150, 182 
Nehemiah, 145, 157, 177, 
189, 190, 197, 206 
Nepayan, 146 
Nile, 33, 67 
Delta, 39, 90, 96, 142, 

143, 156 
Pelusiac branch, 38, 39, 

95, 142 
Tanitic branch, 39 
Upper, 43 
Nimmuria, see Amenophis 

III 
Nippur, library at, 131 
Nisan, month, 161 
Noah, 34,35,50,51,53,203 
Noph, see Memphis 
Normandy, 40 
Nubia, 140 

offerings, 148, i6o 

burnt, 117, 147,151,156, 

157, 158 
incense, 147, 156, i57 
meal, 147, 156, 157 

Og, King, 205 

Oholiab, 124 

Omri, 25, 29, 174 

On, see Heliopolis 

Onias, 156 

Orr, Dr., 150 

Osiris, 45 

Ostanes, 147 

Palestine, 10, n, 12, 26, 
38, 45, 47, 70, 77, 82, 
88, 91, 94, 95, 98, 102, 
105, 119, 120, 121, 
134,135,142,144,145, 
157, 163, 170, 171, 
173, 189, 190, 191, 
192, 203, 204 
Southern, 46, 47 

Passover, the, 140, 161, 
162, 174 

Pathros, 142, 143 

Paul, apostle, 188, 198 



Pentateuch, 3, 23, 35, 36, 
127,130, 132,179,181, 
184, 204, 205, 207 

Pepi, King, statue of, 121, 
124, 125 

Persia, 157 

King of, X57, 181, 185 

Persian gulf, 47 

Petrie, Prof. F., 93, 97, 98, 
142 

Pharaoh, 10,16, 17, 57,63, 
71, 78, 80, 82, 84, 91, 
94, 96, 98, 99. 100, 
103,104,109,111, 112, 
141, 149,150,163, 204 
dream of, 76 

Pharaoh- Hophra, 82 

I'haraoh-Necoh, 82 

Philistines, 25, 47, 50, 103, 
120 
coast of, 194 

philological criticism, 24, 
207 

Phoenicia, 4, 26, 207 

Phoenician alphabet, see 
Old Hebrew 
inscriptions, 174 

Phoenicians, 13, 25, 26, 27, 

47, 48, 199 
Phut, 43, 48 

Pi-hahiroth, 103, 105, 107 
Pi-kerehet or Pi-keheret, 

106 
Pithom, 38, 91, 96, 97, 101, 

102, 106, 107, no 
Plagues, the ten, 100 
Pliny, 101 
Polybius, 193 
Potiphar, 71, 83, 86 
Poti-pherah, 83 
Priestly Code, 23, 36, 104, 

105, 116, 119, 157, 

158, 159, 161, 163, 

179, 180, 184, 185 
priests, 81, 83, 152, 153, 

156, 185 
primitive mjin, 6, 67 
prophets, 189, 190, 192, 

193, 194, 199 
Proverbs, book of, 162, 

193, 194 
Psalm XXII, 187, 188, 

195, 207 
Psalms, 39, 114, 115 
Psammetichus I, 142 

II, 140 
Ptolemaic times, 39, 83 
Ptolemies, 39 
Ptolemy, geographer, 101 
Ptolemy Philadelphus, 4, 

185 
Puna, Piinti, Pceni, 47 
Punt, land of, 43 

Ka, god, 45, 71, 83, 90 
Raamses, city of, 91, 96, 97 
rabbis, 196,199,200,206,207 
Rabshakeh, 170, 171 
" Rainbow Bible," 36 



212 

Rameses II, King, ii, 6i, 

74. 94. 05, 96. 97, "2 
land of, 97, 102, no 

Rebekah, 58 

redactor, 23, 37, 58, 64 

Red Sea, 22, 43, 47, 96, 97, 
102,104,105,109, III, 
112 

Rehoboam, 150 

Reinach, M. Theodore, 186 

Reisner, M., 13 

Revised Version, 18 

Rhone river, 108 

rings of gold, 122 

river of Eden, 33, 37 

Roman time, no, 123 
language, V'uiJ.a.iTTi, 189 
languages, 14 

Romanche, 170 

Rosetta stone, 17 

Rouge, E. de, 43 

Sachau, Prof., 145, 148, 

173, 174 
sacrifice, 117, 151. if^o 
Saites, djmasty, 163 
Samaria, 147 

ostraca from, 4, 13, 20, 

25, 29, 174 
Samuel, 6, 162 
sanctuary, 118 

unity of, sec unity 
Sargonide dynasty, 173 
Sarai, Sarah, 56, 57, 62, 63, 

64, 133 
Saul, 134 

Sayce, Prof., 26, 202 
Schliemann, 202 
sealskin, 125 
Sed period, 84, 85 
Sellin, Dr., 12, 132 
Semites, 25, 43, 47, 96, i73 
Semitic dialect, 191 
invasion, 15 
languages, 14, 45, 46 
population, 44, 45 
Sennacherib, 82, 169, 171, 

172 
Septuagint, LXX,i8, 19,20, 
25, 32, 34, 38, 42, 68, 
83, 97, loG, 114, 115, 
126,132,142,144,156, 
172,186, 187,197, 206 
Seqenenra, King, 90 
Serapeum, sanctuary of 
Osiris, 106 
station on the Suez 
Canal, 106, 112 
Seti I, king, 38, 57, 95, 106 
Shamash, god, 167 
Shaphan, 129, 130 
Shasu, nomads, 42, 57, 95 
Shebna, the scribe, 171 
Shechem, 133 
Shelemyah, 147 
Shem, 51, 52, 53 



INDEX 

Shephelah, 120 

Shihor, 141 

Shinai-, land of, 88 

Shishak, king, 82, 150 

Shutarna, 60 

Sihon, 205 

Siloah, inscription of, 4, 21 

Silvia Aquitana, 39 

Sin god, 21 

Sinaitic desert, 38, 117 

peninsula, 46, 95, 96, 120 
Sisera, 9 
So, King, 82 
sockets, 126, 146 
Sodom and Gomorrah, 37, 

40, 41, 48, 54, 55, 58 
Solomon, 13, 25, 26, 27- 

29, 82, 128, 129, 130, 

134, 150, 153, 159. 

160, 193, 194, 205 
" standards," 140 
Stephen, 16 
Strabo, 83, loi 
style, stylus, 19, 194 
Succoth, 102, 106, no 
Thuket or thukot, 102 
Suez, in 

gulf of, 47 
Sumerian language, 14 
Susa, 135 
Switzerlimd, dialects of, 

6, 15, 170, 171, 178 
Syene, Assuan, 143, 144 
synagogue, 187, 188 
Syncellus, 71 

Taanach, tablets of, n, 15, 

26, 132 
Tabernacle, 115-125, 128, 

153, 204 
Tabernacles, feast of, 159, 

177 
Tables of the Law, 17, 19 
Tablets, clay, 12 

character of, 30, 53, 183, 

205 
cuneiform, 23, 36, 130, 

131, 182 
forming a series, 183 
of the renewal of the 

Covenant, 100 
with Aramaic dockets, 

169, 182, 206 
Taduhipa, princess, 59, 

60, 61 
Tahpanhes, Daphnae, 141, 

142, 144 
Taramuz, month, 146, 147 
Targum, 107 
targumanu, 10 
Tel-Defenneh, 142 
Tel-el-Amarna, tablets of, 

4,9, II, 15, 16,26, 45, 

59. 95, 132, 145, X63, 

164, 189, 202, 203, 207 
Tel-el-Maskhuta, 97 



Tel-el- Yahudieh, 156 

Tel Rotab, 97 

Temple of Jerusalem, iig, 

129, 134,150, 153,157 

of Elephantine, 140, 145, 

146,147,149,150,158, 

174 
of Onion, 156 
Ten Commandments, see 

Decalogue 
Terah, 48, 51, 53 
Theban dvnasty, 90 
Thebes (Egypt), 89, 95, 

112, 169 
Thoth, 18 
Thothmes III, 88, gi, 92, 

94, 96 ; IV, 60 
Ti, queen, 60 
Timsah lake, 97, 106, 107, 

108, no 
Tirhakah, King, 82 
Troy, 202 
Tum, god, 97 
Turkish language, 44 
Tussum, 107 
Two brothers, tale of the, 

86 

Unas, 68 

unity of sanctuary and 
worship, 126, 150, 152, 

133. 154 
UroftheChaldees, I3,i4i2i 

Vogiie, Marquis de, 196 
vowel points, 3, 4, 37 
Vulgate, loi, 132, 142, 194 

Wady Tumiiat, 96, 10 1 
Weights, 168 

Wellhausen, Prof., 36, 116 
Winckler, Dr., 132 
wind, East, 108 
Wolff, 202 

Yaho, 140, 143, 145, 146, 
147, 149, 155, 156, 
157, 158, 159. 162, 
164, 165, 200 

Yahveh, 149, 186, 200 
Elohim, 49, 52 

Yeb, fortress of, 146, I47. 
148 

Yedoniah, 146, i47 

Zaphenaih-paneah, 78, 80 
Zar, Zoar of Egypt, 37- 

42, 95. 103, 142 
Zedekiah, 141 
Zerubbabel, 158 
Zidon, city, 10,46,47.94,126 

son of Canaan, 45, 46 
Zimrida of Zidon, 26 
Zoar of Moab, 37-42 



Printed by Butler & Tanner, From* and London, 



i II 1 1 HI HH HI CIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 




AA 000 628 860 9 



3 1158 00679 7830 



M 



■ '."'.,;?■■ -.'Vv:'-', 

■ ' ■ \ '.• \' ■ ' ;'■.*!■ '• ' ■ 

.'■■'.* . >> ■ 

1 . •' '' ■ , > 






'.': 



■,:''f;. 






■ 'f ■'■■1 ji '.''' '■■i'' . 



•' ■■i:'-»'-v-v''\;i.v':,l:, ■'!':■ V'>-'. ■ ' ■ ^ ^ 

'■ ''^ ■ •",•.* 'ill' ij'-ilLi 



":■•!;"